MARCUS CORP
10-K405, 1999-08-24
HOTELS & MOTELS
Previous: COLONIAL GAS CO, 10-Q/A, 1999-08-24
Next: MARSHALL INDUSTRIES, SC 13G/A, 1999-08-24



                                    FORM 10-K
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

|X|  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended May 27, 1999

          OR

|_|  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ________ to ________

                         Commission file number 1-12604

                             THE MARCUS CORPORATION
                           (Exact name of registrant)

                    Wisconsin                                  39-1139844
         (State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer
          incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)

     250 East Wisconsin Avenue - Suite 1700                   53202-4220
              Milwaukee, Wisconsin                            (Zip Code)
    (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (414) 905-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

      Common Stock, $1 par value              New York Stock Exchange
      --------------------------              -----------------------
         (Title of class)               (Name of exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                          Yes |X|         No |_|

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K (ss.229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will
not be contained,  to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. |X|

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held
by non-affiliates of the registrant as of August 13, 1999: $270,846,264.

Number of shares outstanding of each of the classes of the registrant's  capital
stock as of August 13, 1999:

                  Common Stock, $1 par value: 17,401,015 shares
              Class B Common Stock, $1 par value: 12,502,026 shares

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

1999 Annual Report to Shareholders  (incorporated  by reference into Parts I, II
and IV); Proxy  Statement for 1999 Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  (to be filed
with the  Commission  under  Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the
registrant's  fiscal year and, upon such filing, to be incorporated by reference
into Part III).

<PAGE>


                                     PART I

                Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

          Certain  matters  discussed  in this  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K are
"forward-looking  statements"  intended  to qualify  for the safe  harbors  from
liability  established by the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
These forward-looking statements may generally be identified as such because the
context of such  statements  will include words such as the Company  "believes,"
"anticipates," "expects" or words of similar import. Similarly,  statements that
describe   the   Company's   future   plans,   objectives   or  goals  are  also
forward-looking  statements.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are  subject to
certain risks and uncertainties,  including,  but not limited to, the following:
(i) the  Company's  ability to identify  properties to acquire,  develop  and/or
manage  and  continuing  availability  of funds for such  development;  (ii) the
limited-service  lodging  division's  ability  to  attract  and  retain  quality
franchise operators and to effectively execute its Baymont name change strategy;
(iii) continuing consumer demand as a result of general economic conditions with
respect to the hotels and resorts and  limited-service  lodging divisions;  (iv)
continuing availability, in terms of both quality and quantity, of films for the
theatre  division;  (v) absence of  significant  increases in costs of obtaining
food for the restaurant division; and (vi) competitive conditions in the markets
served by the Company.  Shareholders,  potential investors and other readers are
urged to consider  these  factors  carefully in evaluating  the  forward-looking
statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking
statements.  The forward-looking  statements made herein are made only as of the
date of this Form 10-K and the  Company  undertakes  no  obligation  to publicly
update  such   forward-looking   statements  to  reflect  subsequent  events  or
circumstances.

Item 1.   Business.

          The Marcus  Corporation  through its subsidiaries  (collectively,  the
"Company") is engaged in four business segments:  limited-service lodging; movie
theatres; hotels and resorts; and restaurants.

          The Company's  limited-service  lodging  operations include a chain of
164  Baymont  Inns & Suites  limited-service  facilities  in 30  states  and six
Woodfield Suites all-suite hotels in Wisconsin,  Colorado, Ohio and Illinois. Of
the 164  Baymont  Inns & Suites,  99 are owned or operated by the Company and 65
are franchised.

          The  Company  operates  48 movie  theatres  with an  aggregate  of 428
screens  throughout  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  Minnesota and Ohio. The Company also
operates  a  family  entertainment  center,   Funset  Boulevard,   in  Appleton,
Wisconsin.

          The Company's hotel and resort operations  include the Pfister and the
Hilton  Milwaukee  City  Center,  which are  full-service  hotels in  Milwaukee,
Wisconsin,  the Grand Geneva  Resort & Spa and the Miramonte  Resort,  which are
full-facility  destination  resorts in Lake Geneva,  Wisconsin and Indian Wells,
California,  respectively.  The Company also manages three hotels and one resort
for  third  parties:  the  Hotel  Mead  in  Wisconsin  Rapids,   Wisconsin,  the
Crowne-Plaza Northstar in Minneapolis,  Minnesota, Beverly Garland's Holiday Inn
in North Hollywood,  California and the Mission Point Resort on Mackinac Island,
Michigan.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

          The Company's  restaurant  division  includes 27 KFC  (Kentucky  Fried
Chicken) restaurants and 3 KFC/Taco Bell 2-in-1 restaurants in Wisconsin.

          The Company is continuing  its expansion  plan that it began in fiscal
1994. The Company's current plans include the following goals:

     o    Completing  the Baymont  Inns & Suites  conversion  strategy in fiscal
          2000,  including  the  implementation  of lobby  breakfasts  at a vast
          majority  of the chain's  properties,  and then  increasing  the total
          number of Baymont  Inns and  Baymont  Inns & Suites to over 300 within
          the next four years. The Company currently  believes that most of this
          anticipated  future growth will  ultimately  come from its emphasis on
          opening new franchised  Baymont Inns and Baymont Inns & Suites.  Up to
          two new Company-owned  and 28 new franchised  properties are currently
          in development for fiscal 2000. The Company plans to further emphasize
          franchising   in  the  future  by  exploring  the  potential  sale  of
          approximately  20   Company-owned   properties  to  new  and  existing
          franchisees  over the next  three  years,  with the  Company  possibly
          retaining a management contract in some cases.

     o    Increasing its number of movie theatre  screens to 500 during calendar
          2000, with expected continued expansion outside of Wisconsin. Up to 60
          new  screens  are  currently  planned  to be opened by the  Company in
          fiscal  2000,  including  37  new  screens  to be  added  to  existing
          locations in  Wisconsin,  Illinois  and  Minnesota  and the  Company's
          second large screen  IMAX(R)  2D/3D  theatre at its Addison,  Illinois
          location.  The Company also has plans to complete its stadium  seating
          retrofit program, resulting in stadium seating in approximately 90% of
          its first-run screens by the end of 2000.

     o    Adding one or two hotel  properties each year over the next few fiscal
          years, either  Company-owned or managed for others. In some cases, the
          Company  may own only a partial  interest in the new  properties.  The
          Company currently has two Company-owned  projects under  construction:
          an extensive  addition to the Hilton Milwaukee City Center,  scheduled
          to open in July 2000; and a 238-room  public/private endeavor with the
          City of  Madison,  Wisconsin - the Hilton  Madison at Monona  Terrace,
          scheduled to open in late fiscal 2001.

     o    Increasing its number of Woodfield  Suites.  The Company currently has
          one  Company-owned  Woodfield  Suites scheduled to open late in fiscal
          2000 and is evaluating additional sites and franchising opportunities.

     o    Evaluating  new business  opportunities.  The Company  recently  began
          constructing  a vacation  ownership  development  at the Grand  Geneva
          Resort & Spa, representing the Company's entrance into the timesharing
          business. The Company expects to begin selling units during the summer
          of  1999,  with  construction  of the  first 24  units  scheduled  for
          completion by the end of the fiscal year.

The  actual  number,  mix and timing of  potential  future  new  facilities  and
expansions  will  depend in large  part on  continuing  favorable  industry  and
general economic conditions,  the Company's


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

financial  performance  and  available  capital,  the  competitive  environment,
evolving  customer  needs  and  trends,   and  the  availability  of  attractive
opportunities.  It is likely that the Company's expansion goals will continue to
evolve and change in  response  to these and other  factors  and there can be no
assurance that these current goals will be achieved.

Business Segment Data

          Certain  business  segment  data for the  Company's  three most recent
fiscal years  relating to the Company's  four industry  segments is set forth in
footnote 11 to the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements included on Page
32 of the  Company's  1999  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders,  which  pages  are
incorporated by reference herein.

Limited-Service Lodging Operations

Baymont Inns & Suites

          The  Company  owns,   operates  or  franchises   164   limited-service
facilities, with over 16,000 available rooms, under the names "Baymont Inns" and
"Baymont  Inns & Suites" in 30 states.  Of this total,  65 Baymont Inns & Suites
are  operated by  franchisees,  90 are  Company-owned  or operated  and nine are
operated under joint venture agreements.  During fiscal 1999, ten new franchised
units were opened,  with an additional 28 franchised units under construction or
in development at fiscal  year-end.  Late in fiscal 1999, the Company sold seven
Baymont  Inns &  Suites,  including  five to a new  franchisee.  Depending  upon
favorable  industry  conditions  and  attractive   opportunities,   the  Company
currently  plans  to add up to 30 new  Baymont  Inns &  Suites  in  fiscal  2000
(including up to two Company-owned and up to 28 franchised properties).

          During  the third  quarter  of fiscal  1999,  the  Company  officially
changed the name of its Budgetel Inns to Baymont Inns and Baymont Inns & Suites.
Targeted at the business  traveler,  Baymont  Inns & Suites  feature an upscale,
contemporary  exterior  appearance,   are  generally  located  in  high  traffic
commercial  areas in close  proximity  to  interstate  highway  exits  and major
thoroughfares and vary in size between 60 and 190 rooms.

          The Company  believes that providing  amenities  typically  associated
with full-service  hotels  distinguishes  Baymont Inns & Suites from many of its
competitors.    These   amenities   include   executive    conference   centers,
room-delivered complimentary continental breakfasts, king-sized beds, free local
telephone calls,  incoming fax transmissions,  non-smoking rooms, in-room coffee
makers,  remote control cable televisions,  extra-long telephone cords and large
working desks. Additional amenities have been introduced in conjunction with the
Baymont  name change,  including  lobby  breakfasts,  two-room  suites,  25-inch
televisions,  fitness  facilities,  voice mail,  hair dryers,  irons and ironing
boards and complimentary copies of USA Today. To enhance customer security,  all
Baymont  Inns & Suites  feature  "card key" room  locking  systems  and  provide
well-lighted  parking areas and all-night  front desk staffing.  The interior of
each Baymont Inns & Suites is refurbished in accordance  with a strict  periodic
schedule.

          Baymont  Inns &  Suites  has a  national  franchise  program  and  has
increased its emphasis on opening more franchised Baymont Inns & Suites. Support
offices in  Atlanta,  Chicago  and Dallas  and a service  office in Florida  are
intended  to help  support  expansion  of the Baymont


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

Inns & Suites  franchise.  Franchisees  pay an initial  franchise fee and annual
marketing assessments,  reservation system assessments and royalty fees based on
room  revenues.  The Company is qualified to sell,  and  anticipates  ultimately
selling,  franchises in all 50 states.  The Company  plans to further  emphasize
franchising  in the future by exploring the potential sale of  approximately  20
Company-owned  properties  to new and existing  franchisees  over the next three
years  as  a  part  of  the  Company's  strategy  to  emphasize  growth  through
franchising.  In some cases,  the Company may continue to manage a sold property
for a new owner  under a  management  contract  for an agreed upon  period.  The
Company believes that by selling  selected  properties,  its franchise  partners
will have the opportunity to develop a significant market presence and will also
allow the  Company to use  capital  for other  growth  opportunities,  including
developing Baymont properties in new markets.

Woodfield Suites

          The Company  operates six mid-priced,  all-suite hotels under the name
"Woodfield  Suites."  In fiscal  1999,  the Company  opened a new  Company-owned
property in Bannockburn (suburban Chicago),  Illinois. Another new Company-owned
property is under construction near the River Walk in San Antonio,  Texas, which
is scheduled to open in fiscal 2000. The  Bannockburn  property is the prototype
for future new construction.

          Woodfield   Suites   offers   all  of  its   guests   the   use  of  a
centrally-located  swimming  pool,  whirlpool and game room.  Most suites have a
bedroom and separate living room and feature an extra-length  bed,  sleeper sofa
for additional guests,  microwave,  refrigerator,  wet bar,  television and hair
dryer.  Some suites also have a kitchenette.  All guests receive a complimentary
continental breakfast and are invited to a complimentary  cocktail hour. Meeting
rooms and two-line  telephones  equipped  with  dataports in every suite enhance
Woodfield Suites' appeal for business travelers.

Hotels and Resorts Operations

The Pfister Hotel

          The Company owns and operates the Pfister Hotel in downtown Milwaukee.
The Pfister Hotel,  a full service,  luxury hotel,  has 307 rooms  (including 80
luxury suites),  three  restaurants,  a cocktail lounge, a night club, an indoor
swimming pool, an exercise  facility and a 275-car parking ramp. The Pfister has
20,000  square feet of banquet and  convention  facilities.  Banquet and meeting
rooms  accommodate  up to  3,000  persons  and  the  hotel  features  two  large
ballrooms,  including one of the largest ballrooms in the Milwaukee metropolitan
area,  with  banquet  seating  for  1,200  people.  A portion  of the  Pfister's
first-floor  space is leased  for use by retail  tenants.  In fiscal  1999,  the
Pfister Hotel earned its 23rd consecutive  four-diamond  award from the American
Automobile  Association.  The Pfister is also a member of  Preferred  Hotels and
Resorts Worldwide Association,  an organization of independent luxury hotels and
resorts, and the Association of Historic Hotels of America. The Company has also
begun planning for a health and fitness center on the top floor of the hotel.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>


The Hilton Milwaukee City Center

          The Company  owns and  operates the  500-room  Hilton  Milwaukee  City
Center. All 500 guest rooms,  bathrooms,  public areas and a significant portion
of meeting space were remodeled in 1995. The Hilton  franchise  affiliation  has
benefited the Hilton  Milwaukee City Center  through the Hilton's  international
centralized  reservation  and marketing  system,  advertising  cooperatives  and
frequent stay programs. During fiscal 1999, the Company began construction on an
extensive addition. Upon completion,  the hotel will include 750 rooms, expanded
meeting space, a skywalk to Milwaukee's new convention center and a water-themed
family fun center which will feature a sand beach,  lounge and  restaurant,  all
with a Caribbean atmosphere.

The Grand Geneva Resort & Spa

          The  Grand  Geneva  Resort  &  Spa  in  Lake  Geneva,  Wisconsin  is a
full-facility  destination resort located on 1,300 acres. The largest convention
resort in Wisconsin  includes 355 guest  rooms,  50,000  square feet of banquet,
meeting and exhibit space,  three specialty  restaurants,  two cocktail lounges,
two championship golf courses,  several ski-hills,  four indoor and five outdoor
tennis courts,  three swimming pools, a spa and fitness  complex,  horse stables
and an on-site airport. During fiscal 1999, the Company added a new 6,600 square
foot ballroom and completed  improvements to the resort's two championship  golf
courses.

          The  Company  recently  began  construction  of a  vacation  ownership
development  representing the Company's entrance into the timesharing  business.
The Company  will begin  selling  its first 24 units  during the summer of 1999,
with  construction  of the units  scheduled for  completion by the end of fiscal
2000.  Condominium  owners  will be able to  participate  in  exchange  programs
through Resort Condominiums International.

Miramonte Resort

          The Miramonte  Resort in Indian Wells,  California,  a boutique luxury
resort  located on 11 landscaped  acres,  opened in 1998  following an extensive
renovation.  The resort includes 14 two-story Tuscan style buildings housing 226
guest  rooms,  one  restaurant,  one lounge and 9,500  square  feet of  banquet,
meeting  and  exhibit  space,  including  a 5,000  square  foot grand  ballroom.
Additionally,  there is a fully equipped fitness center and two outdoor swimming
pools,  each with an  adjacent  jacuzzi  spa and sauna.  New  amenities  include
outdoor meeting facilities,  a golf concierge and Rolls Royce limousine service.
During fiscal 1999, the Miramonte  Resort was awarded the AAA Four Diamond Award
after only six months of operation.

Operated and Managed Hotels

          The Company operates the Crowne  Plaza-Northstar Hotel in Minneapolis,
Minnesota.  The Crowne  Plaza-Northstar Hotel is located in downtown Minneapolis
and has 226  rooms,  13  meeting  rooms,  6,370  square  feet  of  ballroom  and
convention space, one restaurant, one cocktail lounge and an exercise facility.

          The Company manages the Hotel Mead in Wisconsin Rapids, Wisconsin. The
Hotel Mead has 157 guest rooms,  11 meeting rooms totaling 14,000 square feet of
meeting space,


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

two  cocktail  lounges,  two  restaurants  and an  indoor  pool with a sauna and
whirlpool.  During  fiscal 1999,  the Company  provided  planning and  technical
assistance for  construction of a new 89-room tower and expanded  conference and
health club facilities.

          The Company manages Beverly  Garland's Holiday Inn in North Hollywood,
California.  The Beverly  Garland has 255 rooms,  including  12 suites,  meeting
space for up to 600,  including an  amphitheater  and  ballroom,  and an outdoor
swimming pool and lighted tennis courts.  The mission-style  hotel is located on
seven acres near Universal Studios.

          The Company also manages the Mission Point Resort on Mackinac  Island,
Michigan.  The Mission Point Resort is a seasonal property and has 239 rooms and
suites, a 3,000 square foot health club and fitness center,  three  restaurants,
tennis  courts,  a swimming  pool and a 575-seat  theatre.  In fiscal 1999,  the
Company  guided  the  addition  of an  18-hole  executive  putting  course,  the
renovation  of  an  eight-story  observation  tower/museum,  the  conversion  of
additional rooms into suites and the upgrading of restaurant operations.

New Developments

          The  Company  commenced  construction  late  in  fiscal  1999  on  the
Company's new Hilton  Madison at Monona  Terrace,  a 238-room hotel that will be
connected  by skywalk to the new Monona  Terrace  Convention  Center in Madison,
Wisconsin and is scheduled to open in late fiscal 2001.

Theatre Operations

          At the end of fiscal  1999,  the  Company  operated  48 movie  theatre
locations with an aggregate of 428 screens in Wisconsin, Illinois, Minnesota and
Ohio for an average of 8.9 screens per  location,  compared to an average of 7.8
screens  per  location  at the end of  fiscal  1998 and 7.4 at the end of fiscal
1997.  The  Company's  facilities  include  46  multi-screen  complexes  and two
single-screen  theatres.  The theatre division's long-term growth strategy is to
focus on multi-screen  theatres having between 12 and 20 screens which typically
vary in seating capacity from 150 to 450 seats per screen. Multi-screen theatres
allow the  Company  to offer a more  diversified  selection  of films to attract
additional customers, exhibit movies in larger or smaller auditoriums within the
same  theatre  depending  on the  popularity  of the movie and benefit  from the
economies  of  having  common  box  office,  concession,  projection  and  lobby
facilities.  Most of the Company's movie theatres feature exclusively  first-run
films.

          The  Company   added  67  screens  in  fiscal  1999,   including   the
acquisitions of a 10-screen theatre in Milwaukee,  a 14-screen theatre in Elgin,
Illinois, and a 10-screen theatre in Wausau,  Wisconsin. The Company also opened
its first IMAX  theatre as part of a new  17-screen  UltraPlex(TM)  in Columbus,
Ohio. A second IMAX opened at the Company's existing 20-screen  UltraPlex(TM) in
Addison,  Illinois,  just after the end of the fiscal year.  At fiscal year end,
the Company operated 394 first-run screens and 34 budget-oriented  screens.  The
Company plans on opening up to 60 additional new screens in fiscal 2000.

          The results of the  Company's  movie  theatre  business and the motion
picture industry in general are largely dependent upon the box office appeal and
marketing of available


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

first-run films, factors over which the Company has no control. Movie production
has been  stimulated by additional  demand from  ancillary  markets such as home
video,  pay-per-view  and cable  television,  as well as  increased  demand from
foreign  film  markets.  Fiscal  1999  featured  such box office  hits as Saving
Private Ryan, There's Something About Mary,  Armageddon,  Bug's Life,  Waterboy,
Star Wars I: The Phantom Menace and The Matrix.

          The  Company  obtains  its  films  from the  national  motion  picture
production and distribution  companies and is not dependent on any single motion
picture supplier. Booking,  advertising,  concession purchases and promotion are
handled centrally by an administrative staff.

          The Company  strives to provide its movie  patrons  with  high-quality
picture  and  sound   presentation   in  clean,   comfortable,   attractive  and
contemporary  theatre  environments.  Substantially  all of the Company's  movie
theatre  complexes  feature either  digital  sound,  Dolby or other stereo sound
systems; acoustical ceilings; side wall insulation;  engineered drapery folds to
eliminate sound  imbalance,  reverberation  and distortion;  tiled floors;  loge
seats; cup-holder chair-arms; and computer-controlled  heating, air conditioning
and  ventilation.  Computerized  box offices  permit all of the Company's  movie
theatres to sell tickets in advance.  The Company's  theatres are  accessible to
persons with disabilities and provide wireless  headphones for  hearing-impaired
moviegoers.  Other amenities at certain theatres include THX auditoriums,  which
allow  customers  to hear the  softest  and loudest  sounds,  and  touch-screen,
computerized,   self-service  ticket  kiosks,   which  simplify  advance  ticket
purchases. The Company also operates an exclusive customer information telephone
system in Milwaukee  and  Madison,  allowing  customers to call for  information
regarding the  locations,  times and titles of movies being shown by the Company
throughout each  metropolitan  area. In fiscal 1999, the Company also introduced
the  Marcus  Movie  Hitline,  which  is a  satellite-based  automated  telephone
ticketing  system  enabling  moviegoers  to buy  tickets  to  any  of 12  Marcus
first-run  theatres in the  metropolitan  Milwaukee area and its two theatres in
Columbus, Ohio using a credit card.

          In fiscal 1999,  the Company  debuted Marcus  Theatres'  Luxury Cinema
concept at the West Point Cinema in suburban Milwaukee, featuring amenities such
as leather rocker seating with side tables, gourmet foods, a lounge,  discounted
childcare, concierge service and weekend valet parking. The Company also debuted
the largest  traditional theatre screen in the Midwest at the Westown Cinemas in
suburban Milwaukee.  The 75-foot wide, 32-foot high  UltraScreen(TM) is nearly
three times the size of traditional theatre screens.

          The Company has enhanced its offerings of amenities at over 60% of its
theatres with stadium seating, a tiered seating system that permits unobstructed
viewing.  The  Company  is now  installing  stadium  seating  in all of its  new
theatres and is continuing an extensive  program to add stadium  seating to over
90% of its existing first-run screens by the end of 2000.

          The Company  sells food and beverage  concessions  at all of its movie
theatres.  The Company  believes that a wide variety of food and beverage items,
properly merchandised, increases concession revenue per patron. Although popcorn
still remains the traditional favorite with moviegoers, the Company continues to
upgrade its available  concessions by offering varied choices. For example, some
of the Company's  theatres  offer hot dogs,  pizza,  ice cream,  pretzel  bites,
frozen yogurt, coffee, mineral water and juices.


                                      -7-

<PAGE>


          The Company also owns a family entertainment center, Funset Boulevard,
adjacent to its 11-screen movie theatre in Appleton, Wisconsin. Funset Boulevard
features  a 40,000  square  foot  Hollywood-themed  indoor  amusement  facility,
including a restaurant,  party room, a laser tag center,  virtual reality games,
an arcade, an outdoor miniature golf course and batting cages.

Restaurant Operations

          The  Company  has  non-exclusive   franchise  rights  to  operate  KFC
restaurants in the Milwaukee  metropolitan area and in northeast Wisconsin.  The
Company has operated KFC restaurants for 38 years and currently  operates 27 KFC
restaurants and 3 KFC/Taco Bell 2-in-1  restaurants.  The Company is the largest
operator of KFC  restaurants  in  Wisconsin,  based on the number of  facilities
operated.   The   restaurants   feature   Kentucky   Fried   Chicken  and  other
franchisor-authorized food items.

          Virtually all of the Company's KFC restaurants  feature inside seating
for approximately 24 to 54 customers,  drive-thru windows and updated electronic
equipment to better  facilitate food  preparation and order  processing.  Twelve
locations  in the  Fox  Valley  and  Milwaukee  metropolitan  areas  offer  home
delivery.

          The  Company's  KFC  locations  operate  under  individual   franchise
agreements,  all of which  were  renewed in early  fiscal  1998 for a term of 20
years.  Franchise  royalties  approximate  4% of net sales and, in addition,  an
initial flat fee of $20,000 is payable for each new KFC restaurant.

          The KFC franchisor specifies certain product requirements and provides
for certain  approved  suppliers  of products  and supplies in order to maintain
quality standards.

          In fiscal 1999, the Company opened two additional  combined two-in-one
KFC and Taco Bell locations in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

Competition

          In each of its businesses the Company  experiences intense competition
from national and/or regional chain and franchise operations, some of which have
substantially  greater financial and marketing resources than the Company.  Most
of the Company's  facilities are located in close proximity to other  facilities
which compete directly with those of the Company.

          The  Company's  Baymont  Inns &  Suites  compete  with  such  national
limited-service  lodging  chains as Days Inn,  Hampton  Inn (owned by The Promus
Companies Incorporated), Fairfield Inn (owned by Marriott Corporation), Red Roof
Inn,  La  Quinta  Inn,  Comfort  Inn and  others,  as well as a large  number of
regional and local chains.  The  Company's  Woodfield  Suites  compete with such
national chains as Embassy Suites, Comfort Suites,  AmeriSuites and Courtyard by
Marriott, as well as other regional and local all-suite facilities.

          The Company's  hotels and resorts  compete with the hotels and resorts
operated by Hyatt Corporation,  Marriott Corporation,  Ramada Inns, Holiday Inns
and Wyndham Hotels, along with other regional and local hotels and resorts.


                                      -8-

<PAGE>


          In the  restaurant  business,  the Company's KFC  restaurants  compete
locally with Hardee's,  Boston Market, Popeye's and similar national, as well as
regional, fast food chains and individual restaurants offering chicken.

          The Company's movie theatres compete with large national movie theatre
operators, such as AMC Entertainment,  General Cinemas, Cinemark, Regal Cinemas,
Loews  Cineplex  and  Carmike  Cinemas,  as well as with a wide array of smaller
first-run and discount  exhibitors.  Although  movie  exhibitors  also generally
compete with the home video,  pay-per-view  and cable  television  markets,  the
Company  believes  that such  ancillary  markets have assisted the growth of the
movie  theatre  industry by  encouraging  the  production  of  first-run  movies
released for initial movie theatre exhibition,  which establishes the demand for
such movies in these ancillary markets.

          The Company believes that the principal factors of competition in each
of its businesses, in varying degrees, are the price and quality of its product,
quality and  location  of its  facilities,  and  customer  service.  The Company
believes that it is well positioned to compete on the basis of these factors.

Seasonality

          Historically,  the  Company's  first  fiscal  quarter has produced the
strongest  operating  results,  because this period  coincides  with the typical
summer  seasonality of the movie theatre industry and the summer strength of the
Company's  lodging and food  service  businesses.  The  Company's  third  fiscal
quarter has historically produced the weakest operating results primarily due to
the effects of reduced travel during the winter months on the Company's  lodging
businesses.

Research and Development

          Research  and  development   expenditures  for  the  Company  are  not
material.

Environmental Regulation

          The  Company  does not expect  federal,  state or local  environmental
legislation  to have a material  effect on the Company's  capital  expenditures,
earnings or competitive position. However, the Company's activities in acquiring
and selling real estate for business  development purposes have been complicated
by the continued emphasis placed by Company personnel on properly analyzing real
estate  sites  for  potential  environmental  problems.  This  circumstance  has
resulted  in,  and is  expected  to  continue  to result  in,  greater  time and
increased costs involved in acquiring and selling properties associated with the
Company's various businesses.

Employees

          As of the end of fiscal  1999,  the  Company had  approximately  7,300
employees,  a majority of whom were employed on a part-time basis. A majority of
the Company's hotel employees in Milwaukee,  Wisconsin are covered by collective
bargaining agreements which expire in June 2002. A number of the Company's hotel
employees  in  Minneapolis,  Minnesota  are  covered  by  collective  bargaining
agreements  which  expire in April  2000.  Relations  with  employees  have been
satisfactory and there have been no work stoppages due to labor disputes.


                                      -9-

<PAGE>


Item 2.  Properties.

          The Company owns a substantial  portion of its  facilities,  including
the Pfister Hotel, the Hilton Milwaukee City Center, the Grand Geneva Resort and
Spa and the Miramonte Resort, all of the Company-owned Baymont Inns & Suites and
Woodfield Suites,  the majority of its theatres and restaurants,  and leases the
remainder.  The Company also manages four hotel  properties  for third  parties.
Additionally,  the Company owns properties  acquired for the future construction
and operation of new Company  operating  facilities.  Some of its properties are
leased from entities owned by principal  shareholders of the Company. All of the
Company's  properties are suitably  maintained and adequately  utilized to cover
the respective business segment served.

          The operating  properties owned,  leased and franchised by the Company
are summarized in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Total                   Leased     Leased      Managed     Managed
                             Number of                  from      from         for         for
                             Facilities               Unrelated   Related     Related    Unrelated      Owned By
     Business Segment       in Operation   Owned(1)    Parties    Parties     Parties     Parties    Franchisees(2)
     ----------------       ------------   --------    -------    -------     -------     -------    --------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
Restaurants:
  KFC                            30           29           1         0           0           0            0
Movie Theatres:                  48           35          12         1           0           0            0
Hotels and Resorts:
  Hotels                          5            2           0         0           0           3
  Resorts                         3            2           0         0           0           1
Limited-Service Lodging:
  Baymont Inns & Suites         164           89           0         0           9           1            65
  Woodfield Suites                6            6           0         0           0           0             0
                                ---          ---          --        --          --          --            --
           TOTALS               256          163          13         1           9           5            65
                                ===          ===          ==        ==          ==          ==            ==
- - ------------------------

(1) One of the KFC  restaurants,  two of the movie  theatres and two of the Baymont Inns & Suites are on land leased from  unrelated
parties under  long-term  leases.  One of the Baymont Inns & Suites and one of the Woodfield  Suites are located on land leased from
related  parties.  The Company's  partnership  interests in nine Baymont Inns & Suites that it manages and one movie theatre that it
leases are not included in this column.

(2) The Company manages three Baymont Inns & Suites for franchisees.

</TABLE>

          Certain of the above  individual  properties or facilities are subject
to purchase  money or  construction  mortgages  or  commercial  lease  financing
arrangements;  none of these  encumbrances are considered in the aggregate to be
material to the Company.

          The  terms  of over 90% of the  Company's  operating  property  leases
expire on various dates after fiscal 2000  (assuming  exercise by the Company of
all renewal and extension options).

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.

          The  Company  does not  believe  that  any  pending  legal  proceeding
involving the Company is material to its business.  No legal proceeding required
to be disclosed under this item was terminated  during the fourth quarter of the
Company's 1999 fiscal year.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>


Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

          No matters  were  submitted  to a vote of the  Company's  shareholders
during the fourth quarter of the Company's 1999 fiscal year.

                          EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF COMPANY

          Each of the current  executive  officers of the Company is  identified
below together with information  about each such officer's age, current position
with the Company and employment history for at least the past five years:

      Name                         Position                              Age
      ----                         --------                              ---
Stephen H. Marcus         Chairman of the Board, President
                              and Chief Executive Officer                 64

Bruce J. Olson            Group Vice President                            49

H. Fred Delmenhorst       Vice President-Human Resources                  58

Thomas F. Kissinger       General Counsel and Secretary                   39

Douglas A. Neis           Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer           40

          Stephen H. Marcus has been  Chairman of the Board of the Company since
December 1991 and President and Chief Executive Officer since December 1988. Mr.
Marcus has been employed by the Company for 38 years.

          Bruce J. Olson has been  employed  in his  present  position  with the
Company  since July 1991.  He was  elected  to serve on the  Company's  Board of
Directors   in   April   1996.   Mr.   Olson    previously    served   as   Vice
President-Administration  and Planning for the Company from September 1987 until
July 1991 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer of Marcus
Theatres  Corporation from August 1978 until October 1988, when he was appointed
President of that corporation. Mr. Olson joined the Company in 1974.

          H. Fred Delmenhorst has been the Vice President-Human  Resources since
he joined the Company in December 1984.

          Thomas F. Kissinger joined the Company in August 1993 as Secretary and
Director of Legal Affairs and in August 1995 was promoted to General Counsel and
Secretary.  Prior thereto,  Mr.  Kissinger was  associated  with the law firm of
Foley & Lardner for five years.

          Douglas A. Neis joined the Company in February  1986 as  Controller of
the Marcus  Theatres  division.  In  November  1987,  Mr.  Neis was  promoted to
Controller of Marcus Restaurants.  In July 1991, he was appointed Vice President
of Planning and  Administration for Marcus  Restaurants.  In September 1994, Mr.
Neis was also named Director of Technology for the Company and in September 1995
he was elected Corporate Controller for the Company. In September 1996, Mr. Neis
was promoted to Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>


          The executive  officers of the Company are generally  elected annually
by the Board of  Directors  after  the  annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  Each
executive  officer holds office until his successor has been duly  qualified and
elected or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

                                     PART II

Item 5.   Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Shareholder
          Matters.

          The information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the information  pertaining thereto included on Pages 35 and 37 of the Company's
1999 Annual Report to Shareholders.

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.

          The information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the  information  pertaining  thereto  included on Page 34 of the Company's 1999
Annual Report to Shareholders.

Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations.

          The information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the  information  pertaining  thereto  included  on Pages 14  through  21 of the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

          The information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the  information  pertaining  thereto  included on Page 16 of the Company's 1999
Annual Report to Shareholders.

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

          The information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to
the information pertaining thereto included on Pages 22 through 33 and 35 of the
Company's 1999 Annual Report to Shareholders.

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure.

          Not applicable.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>


                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Company.

          The  information  required by this item with  respect to  directors is
incorporated herein by reference to the information pertaining thereto set forth
under the caption  entitled  "Election of  Directors"  in the  definitive  Proxy
Statement for the Company's 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders  scheduled to be
held  October 4, 1999 (the "Proxy  Statement").  The required  information  with
respect to executive officers appears at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

          The  information  required  by this  item is  incorporated  herein  by
reference  to the  information  pertaining  thereto  set forth under the caption
entitled "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

          The  information  required  by this  item is  incorporated  herein  by
reference  to the  information  pertaining  thereto  set forth under the caption
entitled "Stock Ownership of Management and Others" in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

          The information  required by this item, to the extent  applicable,  is
incorporated herein by reference to the information pertaining thereto set forth
under the caption entitled "Certain Transactions" in the Proxy Statement.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>


                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)(1)    Financial Statements.

          The  consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company as of May 27,
1999 and May 28,  1998 and for each of the three  years in the period  ended May
27, 1999,  together with the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP, dated July 16,
1999,  appear on Pages 22  through 33 of the  Company's  1999  Annual  Report to
Shareholders, and are incorporated herein by reference.

(a)(2)    Financial Statement Schedules.

          All schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable, not
required under the instructions or the financial  information is included in the
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3)    Exhibits.

          The exhibits filed herewith or  incorporated  by reference  herein are
set forth on the attached Exhibit Index.*

(b)       Reports on Form 8-K.

          The Company did not file a Form 8-K with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999.

- - ------------------

*    Exhibits to this Form 10-K will be furnished to  shareholders  upon advance
     payment of a fee of $0.20 per page,  plus  mailing  expenses.  Requests for
     copies  should be addressed  to Thomas F.  Kissinger,  General  Counsel and
     Secretary,  The Marcus Corporation,  250 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1700,
     Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>


S-1

                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  the  Company has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                        THE MARCUS CORPORATION

Date:  August 24, 1999                  By:/s/ Stephen H. Marcus
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Stephen H. Marcus,
                                           Chairman of the Board and President

          Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Company and in the capacities as of the date indicated above.


By:/s/ Stephen H. Marcus                By:/s/ Daniel F. McKeithan
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------------
   Stephen H. Marcus, Chairman of the      Daniel F. McKeithan, Jr., Director
   Board and President (Chief
   Executive Officer)


By:/s/ Douglas A. Neis                  By:/s/ Diane Marcus Gershowitz
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------------
   Douglas A. Neis, Treasurer and          Diane Marcus Gershowitz, Director
   Controller (Chief Financial and
   Accounting Officer)


By:/s/ Bruce J. Olson                   By:/s/ Timothy E. Hoeksema
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------------
   Bruce J. Olson, Director                Timothy E. Hoeksema, Director


By:/s/ Philip L. Milstein               By:/s/ Allan H. Selig
   ----------------------------------      ------------------------------------
   Philip L. Milstein, Director            Allan H. Selig, Director


By:/s/ Bronson J. Haase
   ----------------------------------
   Bronson J. Haase, Director


                                      S-1
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

No.                      Description
- - ---                      -----------
3.1       Restated  Articles of  Incorporation.  [Incorporated  by  reference to
          Exhibit  3.2 to the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the
          quarterly period ended November 13, 1997.]

3.2*      Bylaws, as amended as of December 17, 1998. [Incorporated by reference
          to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
          quarterly period ended November 26, 1998.]

4.1       Senior Note Purchase Agreement dated May 31, 1990, between the Company
          and The Northwestern  Mutual Life Insurance Company.  [Incorporated by
          reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
          the fiscal year ended May 31, 1990.]

4.2       The Marcus Corporation Note Purchase Agreement dated October 25, 1996.
          [Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's  Quarterly
          Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended November 14, 1996.]

4.3       First  Supplement  to Note  Purchase  Agreements  dated May 15,  1998.
          [Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 4.3 to the  Company's  Annual
          Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 1998.]

4.4       Second Supplement to Note Purchase Agreements dated May 7, 1999.

4.5       Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 1999,  among the Company,  Bank
          of America National Trust and Savings  Association,  as Administrative
          Agent,  Bank  One,  Wisconsin,   as  Documentation  Agent,  the  other
          financial  institutions  parties  thereto and  Nationsbanc  Montgomery
          Securities LLC, as Sole Arranger and Sole Book Manager.

4.6       Other than as set forth in Exhibits  4.1,  4.2,  4.3, 4.4 and 4.5, the
          Company has numerous instruments which define the rights of holders of
          long-term debt. These  instruments,  primarily  promissory notes, have
          arisen  from the  purchase of  operating  properties  in the  ordinary
          course of business.  These  instruments  are not being filed with this
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K in reliance  upon Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of
          Regulation S-K. Copies of these  instruments  will be furnished to the
          Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

10.1      The  Company  is the  guarantor  and/or  obligor  under  various  loan
          agreements in connection with operating properties  (primarily Baymont
          Inns & Suites) which were financed  through the issuance of industrial
          development   bonds.   These  loan   agreements   and  the  additional
          documentation relating to these projects are not being filed with this
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K in reliance  upon Item  601(b)(4)(iii)  of
          Regulation  S-K.  Copies of these  documents  will be furnished to the
          Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


                                      E-1
<PAGE>

10.2      Comprehensive  Image  Enhancement  Agreement  dated  October 12, 1988,
          between the Company and KFC Corporation. [Incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit  10.11 to the  Company's  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K for the
          fiscal year ended May 25, 1989.]

10.3      Form of individual  Kentucky Fried Chicken franchise agreement between
          the Company and KFC Corporation. [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
          10.3 to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
          ended May 29, 1997.]

10.4*     The Marcus Corporation 1995 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, subject
          to approval at the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

10.5*     The Marcus  Corporation 1994  Nonemployee  Director Stock Option Plan.
          [Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit A to the  Company's  1994 Proxy
          Statement.]

13        The  Company's  1999  Annual  Report to  Shareholders,  to the  extent
          incorporated by reference herein.

21        Subsidiaries of the Company as of May 27, 1999.

23        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

27        Financial Data Schedule for the fiscal year ended May 27, 1999.

99        Proxy  Statement  for the 1999 Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders.  (The
          Proxy  Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of  Shareholders  will be
          filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Regulation 14A
          within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year.  Except to
          the extent specifically incorporated by reference, the Proxy Statement
          for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders  shall not be deemed to be
          filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  as part of this
          Annual Report on Form 10-K.)


- - ----------

* This  exhibit is a management  contract or  compensatory  plan or  arrangement
required  to be filed as an exhibit to this form  pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form
10-K.


                                      E-2




                                                                     Exhibit 4.4

===============================================================================



                             THE MARCUS CORPORATION




                  SECOND SUPPLEMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS


                             Dated as of May 1, 1999






            Re: $15,000,000; 6.75% Series C Senior Notes, Tranche A,
                                 due May 1, 2014

                                       and

               $25,000,000 6.82% Series C Senior Notes, Tranche B,
                                 due May 1,2014

================================================================================



<PAGE>

                  SECOND SUPPLEMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS


                                                                     Dated as of
                                                                     May 1, 1999

To the Purchaser named in
Schedule A hereto which is
a signatory of this Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This  Second   Supplement   to  Note  Purchase   Agreements   (the  "Second
Supplement") is between The Marcus  Corporation (the "Company") whose address is
250 East  Wisconsin  Avenue,  Suite  1700,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202 and the
institutional investors named on Schedule A attached hereto (the "Purchasers").

     Reference is hereby made to those certain Note Purchase Agreements dated as
of  October  25,  1996 (the  "Note  Agreements")  between  the  Company  and the
purchasers  listed on Schedule A thereto.  All  capitalized  terms not otherwise
defined herein shall have the same meaning as specified in the Note  Agreements.
Reference is further made to Section 4.11 thereof which requires that,  prior to
the delivery of any Additional Notes, the Company and each Additional  Purchaser
shall execute and deliver a Supplement.

     The Company hereby agrees with you as follows:

     1. The Company has authorized  the issue and sale of $15,000,000  aggregate
principal  amount of its 6.75% Series C Senior Notes,  Tranche A due May 1, 2014
(the "Tranche A Notes") and $25,000,000  aggregate principal amount of its 6.82%
Series C Senior  Notes,  Tranche B due May 1, 2014 (the  "Tranche  B Notes"  and
together  with the Tranche A Notes,  the "Series C Notes").  The Series C Notes,
together  with  the  Series  A  Notes  initially  issued  pursuant  to the  Note
Agreements  and each Series of  Additional  Notes,  including the Series B Notes
issued under the First  Supplement to Note Purchase  Agreements  dated as of May
15, 1998,  which may from time to time be issued  pursuant to the  provisions of
Section 2.2 of the Notes Agreements, are collectively referred to as the "Notes"
(such term shall also  include any such notes  issued in  substitution  therefor
pursuant  to Section  13 of the Note  Agreements).  The  Tranche A Notes and the
Tranche B Notes  shall be  substantially  in the forms set out in  Exhibit 1 and
Exhibit 2 hereto,  respectively,  with such changes therefrom, if any, as may be
approved by you and the Company.

     2. Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof and as set forth in the Note
Agreements and on the basis of the  representations  and warranties  hereinafter
set  forth,  the  Company  agrees  to issue  and sell to you,  and you  agree to
purchase  from the  Company,  Series C Notes in the  principal  amount set forth
opposite  your name on  Schedule  A hereto  at a price of 100% of the  principal
amount thereof on the closing date hereafter mentioned.

<PAGE>

     3. Delivery of the $40,000,000 in aggregate  principal amount of the Series
C Notes will be made at the  offices of Chapman  and  Cutler,  111 West  Monroe,
Chicago,  Illinois 60603,  against payment  therefor in Federal Reserve or other
funds  current and  immediately  available at the  principal  office of Bank One
Milwaukee,  N.A., 111 East Wisconsin  Avenue,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202 (ABA
Number  075-0000-19)  for  credit  to the  First  American  Finance  Corporation
Account,  Account Number 550-2510-15 with telephonic  confirmation to Ms. Debbie
Luedke at (414)  905-1160  in the amount of the  purchase  price at 11:00  A.M.,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin time, on May 7, 1999 or such later date (not later than May
30, 1999 as shall  mutually be agreed upon by the Company and the  Purchasers of
the Series C Notes (the "Closing").

     4. (a) Required Prepayments.

               (i) Tranche A Notes.  On May 1, 2004 and on each May 1 thereafter
          to and  including  May 1, 2013,  the Company  will  prepay  $1,363,636
          principal  amount (or such  lesser  principal  amount as shall then be
          outstanding)  of the Tranche A Notes at par and without payment of the
          Make-Whole  Amount or any  premium.  The  entire  remaining  principal
          amount of the Tranche A Notes  shall  become due and payable on May 1,
          2014.  For purposes of this Section  4(a)(i),  any  prepayment of less
          than all of the  outstanding  Tranche A Notes pursuant to Section 4(b)
          shall be  deemed  to be  applied  first  to the  amount  of  principal
          scheduled  to be  repaid  on May 1,  2014,  and then to the  remaining
          scheduled principal payments, if any, in inverse chronological order.

               (ii) Tranche B Notes. On May 1, 2008 and on each May 1 thereafter
          to and  including  May 1, 2013,  the Company  will  prepay  $3,571,429
          principal  amount (or such  lesser  principal  amount as shall then be
          outstanding)  of the Tranche B Notes at par and without payment of the
          Make-Whole  Amount or any  premium.  The  entire  remaining  principal
          amount of the Tranche B Notes  shall  become due and payable on May 1,
          2014.  For purposes of this Section  4(a)(ii),  any prepayment of less
          than all of the  outstanding  Tranche B Notes pursuant to Section 4(b)
          shall be  deemed  to be  applied  first  to the  amount  of  principal
          scheduled  to be  repaid  on May 1,  2014,  and then to the  remaining
          scheduled principal payments, if any, in inverse chronological order.

          (b)  Application  of  Prepayments.  In the event of a purchase  of the
     Series C Notes pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Note  Agreements or a Partial
     Redemption of the Series C Notes all required  prepayments  on the Series C
     Notes  shall  be  adjusted  as  provided  in  Section  8.1(c)  of the  Note
     Agreements.

          (c) Optional Prepayments. The Series C Notes are subject to prepayment
     at the option of the Company in the manner and with the effect set forth in
     Section 8.2 of the Note Agreements.

          (d)  Allocation  of Partial  Prepayments.  In the case of each partial
     prepayment of the Series C Notes  pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2
     of the Note  Agreements,  the principal  amount of the Series C Notes to be
     prepaid shall be allocated

<PAGE>

     among  all  of  the  Notes  of  such  Series  at the  time  outstanding  in
     proportion,  as nearly as practicable,  to the respective  unpaid principal
     amounts  thereof.  In the case of each required  prepayment of the Series C
     Notes pursuant to Section 4(a),  the principal  amount of the Tranche to be
     prepaid  shall be  allocated  among all of the Notes of such Tranche at the
     time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective
     unpaid principal amounts thereof.

          (e) Make-Whole Amount for Series C Notes. The term "Make-Whole Amount"
     means, with respect to any Series C Note of any Tranche, an amount equal to
     the excess,  if any, of the  Discounted  Value of the  Remaining  Scheduled
     Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Series C Note of such
     Tranche  over  the  amount  of such  Called  Principal,  provided  that the
     Make-Whole  Amount may in no event be less than zero.  For the  purposes of
     determining the Make-Whole  Amount,  the following terms have the following
     meanings:

          "Called  Principal"  means,  with  respect to any Series C Note of any
     Tranche,  the principal of such Series C Note of such Tranche that is to be
     prepaid  pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Note Agreements or has become or is
     declared to be immediately due and payable  pursuant to Section 12.1 of the
     Note Agreements, as the context requires.

          "Discounted  Value" means, with respect to the Called Principal of any
     Series C Note of any  Tranche,  the  amount  obtained  by  discounting  all
     Remaining  Scheduled  Payments with respect to such Called  Principal  from
     their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to
     such Called Principal,  in accordance with accepted  financial practice and
     at a discount  factor  (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which
     interest  on the  Series C Note of such  Tranche is  payable)  equal to the
     Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

          "Reinvestment  Yield" means,  with respect to the Called  Principal of
     any Series C Note of any Tranche,  0.50% over the yield to maturity implied
     by (i) the yields  reported,  as of 10:00 A.M.  (New York City time) on the
     second  Business Day  preceding  the  Settlement  Date with respect to such
     Called  Principal,  on the display  designated  as "PX-1" on the  Bloomberg
     Financial  Markets  Services  Screen (or such other  display as may replace
     PX-1 of the  Bloomberg  Financial  Markets  Services  Screen) for  actively
     traded U.S.  Treasury  securities  having a maturity equal to the Remaining
     Average Life of such Called  Principal as of such Settlement  Date, or (ii)
     if such yields are not  reported as of such time or the yields  reported as
     of such time are not  ascertainable,  the Treasury Constant Maturity Series
     Yields  reported,  for the latest day for which  such  yields  have been so
     reported as of the second  Business Day preceding the Settlement  Date with
     respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.
     15 (519) (or any comparable successor publication) for actively traded U.S.
     Treasury  securities  having a  constant  maturity  equal to the  Remaining
     Average Life of such Called  Principal  as of such  Settlement  Date.  Such
     implied yield will be  determined,  if necessary,  by (a)  converting  U.S.
     Treasury bill  quotations  to  bond-equivalent  yields in  accordance  with
     accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating  linearly between (1) the
     actively  traded U.S.  Treasury  security with the


<PAGE>

     maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life and (2) the
     actively  traded U.S.  Treasury  security with the maturity  closest to and
     less than the Remaining Average Life.

          "Remaining  Average Life" means, with respect to any Called Principal,
     the number of years  (calculated to the nearest  one-twelfth year) obtained
     by dividing  (i) such Called  Principal  into (ii) the sum of the  products
     obtained by  multiplying  (a) the  principal  component  of each  Remaining
     Scheduled  Payment with respect to such Called  Principal by (b) the number
     of years  (calculated  to the  nearest  one-twelfth  year) that will elapse
     between the Settlement  Date with respect to such Called  Principal and the
     scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

          "Remaining  Scheduled  Payments"  means,  with  respect  to the Called
     Principal of any Series C Note of any Tranche,  all payments of such Called
     Principal and interest  thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date
     with  respect  to such  Called  Principal  if no  payment  of  such  Called
     Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date,  provided that if such
     Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made
     under the terms of the  Series C Note of such  Tranche,  then the amount of
     the next  succeeding  scheduled  interest  payment  will be  reduced by the
     amount of interest  accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid
     on such  Settlement  Date pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Note Agreements or
     12.1 of the Note Agreements.

          "Settlement  Date" means,  with respect to the Called Principal of any
     Series C Note of any Tranche, the date on which such Called Principal is to
     be prepaid  pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Note Agreements or has become or
     is declared to be immediately  due and payable  pursuant to Section 12.1 of
     the Note Agreements, as the context requires.

     5. The  obligation  of each  Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Series C
Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing is subject to the  fulfillment
to such Purchaser's  satisfaction,  prior to the Closing,  of the conditions set
forth in  Section  4 of the Note  Agreements,  and to the  following  additional
conditions:

          (a) Except as supplemented by the  representations  and warranties set
     forth in Exhibit A hereto,  each of the  representations  and warranties of
     the Company set forth in Section 5 of the Note Agreements  shall be correct
     as of the date of Closing  and the  Company  shall have  delivered  to each
     Purchaser  an  Officer's  Certificate,   dated  the  date  of  the  Closing
     certifying that such condition has been fulfilled.

          (b) Contemporaneously with the Closing, the Company shall sell to each
     Purchaser,  and each Purchaser shall purchase, the Notes to be purchased by
     such Purchaser at the Closing as specified in Schedule A.

          (c)  Private  Placement  Numbers  shall  have been  obtained  for each
     Tranche of the Series C Notes.

<PAGE>

     The execution  hereof shall  constitute a contract  between us for the uses
and purposes  hereinabove  set forth,  and this agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts,  each executed counterpart  constituting an original but
all together only one agreement.

                                       THE MARCUS CORPORATION


                                       By:/s/ Stephen H. Marcus
                                          -------------------------------------
                                       Its: President
                                       Printed Name: Stephen H. Marcus


<PAGE>



Accepted as of May 1, 1999:

                                       CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                       COMPANY


                                       By: CIGNA Investments, Inc.,
                                               Its Authorized Agent


                                       By:/s/ James R. Kuzemchak
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name: James R. Kuzemchak
                                          Title: Managing Director



<PAGE>



Accepted as of May 1, 1999:

                                       THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE
                                       COMPANY


                                       By: Lincoln Investment Management, Inc.,
                                                 Its Attorney-in-Fact


                                       By:/s/ Timothy L. Power
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name: Timothy L. Power
                                          Title: Vice President



<PAGE>


Accepted as of May 1, 1999:

                                       LINCOLN NATIONAL HEALTH & CASUALTY
                                       INSURANCE COMPANY


                                       By: Lincoln Investment Management, Inc.,
                                                 Its Attorney-in-Fact


                                       By:/s/ Timothy L. Power
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name: Timothy L. Power
                                          Title: Vice President


<PAGE>


Accepted as of May 1, 1999:

                                       LINCOLN LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY OF NEW
                                       YORK


                                       By: Lincoln Investment Management, Inc.,
                                                  Its Attorney-in-Fact


                                       By: /s/ Timothy L. Power
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name: Timothy L. Power
                                           Title: Vice President




                                                                     Exhibit 4.5

================================================================================


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           Dated as of April 29, 1999

                                      among

                             THE MARCUS CORPORATION,



                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                            AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                            as Administrative Agent,

                              BANK ONE, WISCONSIN,
                             as Documentation Agent,

                  THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO


                                       and


                     NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC,
                     as Sole Arranger and Sole Book Manager



================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS.......................................................1
             1.1  Certain Defined Terms........................................1
             1.2  Other Interpretive Provisions...............................14
             1.3  Accounting Principles.......................................15

ARTICLE II   THE CREDITS......................................................15
             2.1  Amounts and Terms of Commitments............................15
             2.2  Loan Accounts...............................................15
             2.3  Procedure for Borrowing.....................................16
             2.4  Conversion and Continuation Elections.......................17
             2.5  Changes in Aggregate Commitments............................18
             2.6  Optional Prepayments........................................19
             2.7  Repayment...................................................19
             2.8  Interest....................................................19
             2.9  Fees........................................................20
                  (a) Arrangement, Agency Fees................................20
                  (b) Facility Fee............................................20
             2.10 Computation of Fees and Interest............................21
             2.11 Payments by the Company.....................................21
             2.12 Payments by the Banks to the Agent..........................22
             2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc....................................22

ARTICLE III  TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY...........................23
             3.1  Taxes.......................................................23
             3.2  Illegality..................................................24
             3.3  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.....................25
             3.4  Funding Losses..............................................25
             3.5  Inability to Determine Rates................................26
             3.6  Certificates of Banks.......................................26
             3.7  Substitution of Banks.......................................26
             3.8  Survival....................................................27

ARTICLE IV   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.............................................27
             4.1  Conditions of Initial Loans.................................27
                  (a)   Credit Agreement......................................27
                  (b)   Resolutions; Incumbency...............................27
                  (c)   Organization Documents................................27
                  (d)   Legal Opinions........................................27
                  (e)   Payment of Fees.......................................28
                  (f)   Certificate...........................................28
                  (g)   Other Documents.......................................28


                                      -i-
<PAGE>


Section                                                                     Page


             4.2  Conditions to All Borrowings................................28
                  (a) Notice of Borrowing.....................................28
                  (b) Continuation of Representations and Warranties..........28
                  (c) No Existing Default.....................................28

ARTICLE V    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................29
             5.1  Corporate Existence and Power...............................29
             5.2  Corporate Authorization; No Contravention...................29
             5.3  Governmental Authorization..................................29
             5.4  Binding Effect..............................................30
             5.5  Litigation..................................................30
             5.6  No Default..................................................30
             5.7  ERISA Compliance............................................30
             5.8  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.........................31
             5.9  Title to Properties.........................................31
             5.10 Taxes.......................................................31
             5.11 Financial Condition.........................................31
             5.12 Environmental Matters.......................................32
             5.13 Regulated Entities..........................................32
             5.14 No Burdensome Restrictions..................................32
             5.15 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc...........32
             5.16 Subsidiaries................................................33
             5.17 Insurance...................................................33
             5.18 Full Disclosure.............................................33
             5.19 Year 2000 Problem...........................................33

ARTICLE VI   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................................34
             6.1  Financial Statements........................................34
             6.2  Certificates; Other Information.............................34
             6.3  Notices.....................................................35
             6.4  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc....................36
             6.5  Maintenance of Property.....................................36
             6.6  Insurance...................................................36
             6.7  Payment of Obligations......................................36
             6.8  Compliance with Laws........................................37
             6.9  Employee Benefit Plans......................................37
             6.10 Accounting; Inspection of Property and
                  Books and Records...........................................37
             6.11 Environmental Laws..........................................38
             6.12 Use of Proceeds.............................................38


                                      -ii-
<PAGE>
Section                                                                     Page

             6.13 Contingent Obligations......................................38

ARTICLE VII  NEGATIVE COVENANTS...............................................38
             7.1  Limitation on Liens.........................................38
             7.2  Disposition of Assets.......................................39
             7.3  Merger; Purchase of Assets; Acquisitions; Etc...............40
             7.4  Loans and Investments.......................................40
             7.5  Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness.......................40
             7.6  Transactions with Affiliates................................41
             7.7  Use of Proceeds.............................................41
             7.8  Restricted Payments.........................................41
             7.9  Change in Business..........................................41
             7.10 Accounting Changes..........................................41
             7.11 Funded Debt Ratio...........................................41
             7.12 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.................................41
             7.13 Subsidiary Dividends........................................42

ARTICLE VIII VENTS OF DEFAULT.................................................42
             8.1  Event of Default............................................42
                  (a) NonPayment..............................................42
                  (b) Representation or Warranty..............................42
                  (c) Specific Defaults.......................................42
                  (d) Other Defaults..........................................42
                  (e) CrossDefault............................................42
                  (f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings.......................43
                  (g) Involuntary Proceedings.................................43
                  (h) [Pension Plans..........................................43
                  (i) Monetary Judgments......................................43
                  (j) NonMonetary Judgments...................................44
                  (k) Change of Control.......................................44
                  (l) Loss of Licenses........................................44
                  (m) Adverse Change..........................................44
                  (n) Guarantor Defaults......................................44
             8.2  Remedies....................................................44
             8.3  Rights Not Exclusive........................................45

ARTICLE IX   THE AGENT........................................................45
             9.1  Appointment and Authorization...............................45
             9.2  Delegation of Duties........................................45
             9.3  Liability of Agent..........................................45
             9.4  Reliance by Agent...........................................46


                                      -iii-
<PAGE>
Section                                                                     Page

             9.5  Notice of Default...........................................46
             9.6  Credit Decision.............................................47
             9.7  Indemnification.............................................47
             9.8  Agent in Individual Capacity................................48
             9.9  Successor Agent.............................................48
             9.10 Withholding Tax.............................................48

ARTICLE X    MISCELLANEOUS....................................................50
             10.1  Amendments and Waivers.....................................50
             10.2  Notices....................................................51
             10.3  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.............................52
             10.4  Costs and Expenses.........................................52
             10.5  Indemnity..................................................52
             10.6  Payments Set Aside.........................................53
             10.7  Successors and Assigns.....................................53
             10.8  Assignments, Participations, Etc...........................53
             10.9  Confidentiality............................................55
             10.10 Setoff.....................................................56
             10.11 Automatic Debits of Fees...................................56
             10.12 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc............56
             10.13 Counterparts...............................................56
             10.14 Severability...............................................57
             10.15 No Third Parties Benefited.................................57
             10.16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction.............................57
             10.17 Waiver of Jury Trial.......................................57
             10.18 Entire Agreement...........................................58


                                     -iv-
<PAGE>


SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1   Pricing Schedule
Schedule 2.1   Commitments
Schedule 5.16  Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
Schedule 7.1   Permitted Liens
Schedule 7.4   Investments
Schedule 7.5   Permitted Indebtedness
Schedule 10.2  Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices



                                      -v-
<PAGE>


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A          Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B          Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C          Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D          Form of Legal Opinion of Company's Counsel
Exhibit E          Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit F          Form of Promissory Note
Exhibit G          Form of Request for Increase




                                      -vi-
<PAGE>


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


     This  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  is entered  into as of April 29,  1999,  among THE
MARCUS  CORPORATION,  a  Wisconsin  corporation  (the  "Company"),  the  several
financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement  (collectively,
the "Banks";  individually,  a "Bank"),  and Bank of America  National Trust and
Savings Association, as administrative agent for the Banks.

     WHEREAS, the Banks have agreed to make available to the Company a revolving
credit facility upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreements,  provisions and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          1.1 Certain  Defined  Terms.  The  following  terms have the following
     meanings:

          "Acquisition" means any transaction or series of related  transactions
     for  the  purpose  of or  resulting,  directly  or  indirectly,  in (a) the
     acquisition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of a Person,  or of
     any business or division of a Person,  (b) the  acquisition of in excess of
     50% of the capital stock, partnership interests or equity of any Person, or
     otherwise  causing  any Person to become a  Subsidiary,  or (c) a merger or
     consolidation  or any other  combination  with another Person (other than a
     Person that is a Subsidiary) provided that the Company or the Subsidiary is
     the surviving entity.

          "Adjusted   Consolidated  Cash  Flow"  means,  for  any  period,   the
     Consolidated  Net  Income  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  plus (a)
     depreciation and amortization for such period, (b) all current and deferred
     taxes on  income,  provision  for taxes on income,  provision  for taxes on
     unremitted  foreign  earnings  which are  included  in  consolidated  gross
     revenues and current  additions  to  reserves,  and (c) Interest and Rental
     Expense for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

          "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which,  directly
     or  indirectly,  is in control  of, is  controlled  by, or is under  common
     control  with,  such Person.  A Person  shall be deemed to control  another
     Person if the controlling  Person  possesses,  directly or indirectly,  the
     power to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  and policies of
     the other Person,  whether through the ownership of voting  securities,  by
     contract, or otherwise.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>

          "Agent" means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative  agent
     for the Banks  hereunder,  and any successor  administrative  agent arising
     under Section 9.9.

          "Agent-Related  Persons"  means  Bank of  America  and  any  successor
     administrative  agent  arising  under  Section  9.9,  together  with  their
     respective Affiliates (including,  in the case of Bank of America, the Sole
     Arranger),   and   the   officers,   directors,   employees,   agents   and
     attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

          "Agent's  Payment  Office" means the address for payments set forth on
     the signature  page hereto in relation to the Agent,  or such other address
     as the Agent may from time to time specify.

          "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement.

          "Applicable  Margin" means, at any time, with respect to Offshore Rate
     Loans and Base Rate Loans, the rate per annum determined in accordance with
     Schedule 1.1.

          "Assignee" has the meaning specified in subsection 10.8(a).

          "Attorney Costs" means and includes all fees and  disbursements of any
     law firm or other  external  counsel,  the allocated cost of internal legal
     services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

          "Bank" has the meaning specified in the introductory clause hereto.

          "Bank of  America"  means Bank of America  National  Trust and Savings
     Association, a national banking association.

          "Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal  Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11
     U.S.C. ss.101, et seq.).

          "Base  Rate"  means,  for any day,  the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum
     above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect
     for such day as publicly  announced from time to time by Bank of America in
     San Francisco,  California,  as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate"
     is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors  including Bank
     of America's  costs and desired  return,  general  economic  conditions and
     other  factors,  and is used as a reference  point for pricing  some loans,
     which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.)


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


          Any change in the  reference  rate  announced by Bank of America shall
     take effect at the opening of business on the day  specified  in the public
     announcement of such change.

          "Base Rate Loan"  means a Loan that bears  interest  based on the Base
     Rate.

          "Borrowing"  means a borrowing  hereunder  consisting  of Loans of the
     same Type made to the  Company on the same day by the Banks  under  Article
     II,  and,  in the case of Offshore  Rate  Loans,  having the same  Interest
     Period.

          "Borrowing  Date"  means any date on which a  Borrowing  occurs  under
     Section 2.3.

          "Business  Day" means any day other than a  Saturday,  Sunday or other
     day on which commercial banks in Chicago or San Francisco are authorized or
     required by law to close and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any
     Offshore  Rate Loan,  means such a day on which  dealings are carried on in
     the applicable offshore dollar interbank market.

          "Capital  Adequacy   Regulation"  means  any  guideline,   request  or
     directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other
     law,  rule or  regulation,  whether or not having the force of law, in each
     case,  regarding  capital  adequacy  of  any  bank  or of  any  corporation
     controlling a bank.

          "Capital  Lease"  means,  as  to  any  Person,  any  lease  which,  in
     accordance with GAAP consistently  applied,  is or should be capitalized on
     the books of such Person.

          "Cash  Equivalents"  means, as to any Person, (a) securities issued or
     directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency
     or instrumentality  thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the
     United States is pledged in support thereof) having  maturities of not more
     than three  months  from the date of  acquisition,  (b) time  deposits  and
     certificates of deposit of any commercial  bank with a long-term  unsecured
     debt rating of at least A or its equivalent  from Standard & Poor's Ratings
     Group or at least A-2 or its  equivalent  from Moody's  Investors  Service,
     Inc.,  with  maturities  of not more  than  three  months  from the date of
     acquisition by such Person,  (c) repurchase  obligations with a term of not
     more than seven days for  underlying  securities of the types  described in
     clause (a) above  entered  into with any bank  meeting  the  qualifications
     specified in clause (b) above,  (d)  commercial  paper issued by any Person
     incorporated in the United States, which commercial paper is rated at least
     A-1 or the equivalent  thereof by Standard & Poor's Corporation or at least
     P-1 or the equivalent  thereof by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc., and in
     each case maturing not more than three months after the date of acquisition
     by such Person and (e) investments in money market funds, substantially all
     the assets of which are comprised of  securities of the types  described in
     clauses (a) through (d) above.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>


          "Change of Control" means any event,  or  combination  of events,  the
     result of which is that Ben  Marcus,  Stephen H.  Marcus  and Diane  Marcus
     Gershowitz and their respective heirs, collectively, no longer beneficially
     own (within the  meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the  Exchange  Act)
     51% or more of the voting rights with respect to outstanding  shares of the
     Company.

          "Closing  Date" means the date on which all  conditions  precedent set
     forth in Section 4.1 are  satisfied or waived by all Banks (or, in the case
     of  subsection  4.1(e),  waived by the  Person  entitled  to  receive  such
     payment).

          "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  and  regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

          "Commitment",  as to each Bank,  has the meaning  specified in Section
     2.1.  As of the  date  of  this  Agreement,  the  amount  of  the  combined
     Commitments of all Banks is $125,000,000.

          "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form
     of Exhibit C.

          "Consolidated  Net Income"  means,  for any period,  the  consolidated
     gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries,  less all operating and
     nonoperating  expenses of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  including all
     charges of a proper  character  (including  current and  deferred  taxes on
     income,  provision for taxes on income,  provisions for taxes on unremitted
     foreign  earnings which are included in consolidated  gross  revenues,  and
     current  additions to reserves),  all  determined  in accordance  with GAAP
     consistently  applied,  but not  including in the  computation  thereof the
     amounts  (including  related  expenses and any tax effect related  thereto)
     resulting from (i) any gains or losses resulting from the sale,  conversion
     or other  disposition  of capital  assets (i.e.,  assets other than current
     assets),  (ii) any  gains or  losses  resulting  from the  reevaluation  of
     assets,  (iii) any gains or losses  resulting  from an  acquisition  by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries at a discount of any debt of the Company
     or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (iv) any equity of the  Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries  in the  unremitted  earnings  of any  Person  which  is not a
     Subsidiary,  (v) any earnings of any Person  acquired by the Company or any
     of its Subsidiaries through purchase,  merger or consolidation or otherwise
     for any time prior to the date of  acquisition,  (vi) any  deferred  credit
     representing  the excess of equity in any  Subsidiary of the Company at the
     date of  acquisition  over the cost of the  investment in such  Subsidiary,
     (vii) any  restoration to income of any reserve,  except to the extent that
     provision  for such  reserve  was made out of income  accrued  during  such
     period, (viii) any net gain from the collection of life insurance policies,
     or (ix) any gain resulting from any other non-recurring item.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


          "Contingent   Obligation"   means  any   agreement,   undertaking   or
     arrangement by which any Person  guarantees,  endorses or otherwise becomes
     or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent
     or  otherwise,  to  provide  funds  for  payment,  to  supply  funds to, or
     otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against
     loss) the  indebtedness,  obligation  or any other  liability  of any other
     Person  (other  than  by  endorsements  of  instruments  in the  course  of
     collection),  or guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions
     upon the shares of any other Person. The amount of any Person's  obligation
     under any Contingent  Obligation shall (subject to any limitation set forth
     therein)  be deemed to be the  outstanding  principal  amount  (or  maximum
     principal  amount,  if larger) of the debt,  obligation or other  liability
     guaranteed thereby.

          "Contractual Obligation" means, as to any Person, any provision of any
     security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking,  contract,
     indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust  or  other  instrument,  document  or
     agreement  to  which  such  Person  is a party or by which it or any of its
     property is bound.

          "Controlled  Group"  means  all  members  of  a  controlled  group  of
     corporations  and all members of a controlled group of trades or businesses
     (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the
     Company,  are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code or
     Section 4001 of ERISA.

          "Conversion/Continuation  Date" means any date on which, under Section
     2.4, the Company (a)  converts  Loans of one Type to another  Type,  or (b)
     continues as Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period,  Loans
     having Interest Periods expiring on such date.

          "Default"  means any event or circumstance  which,  with the giving of
     notice,  the  lapse of time,  or both,  would  (if not  cured or  otherwise
     remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

          "Dollars",  "dollars"  and "$" each mean  lawful  money of the  United
     States.

          "Eligible  Assignee"  means (i) a commercial  bank organized under the
     laws of the  United  States,  or any state  thereof,  and having a combined
     capital  and  surplus  of at least  $100,000,000;  (ii) a  commercial  bank
     organized  under  the laws of any  other  country  which is a member of the
     Organization for Economic  Cooperation and Development  (the "OECD"),  or a
     political  subdivision of any such country,  and having a combined  capital
     and  surplus of at least  $100,000,000,  provided  that such bank is acting
     through a branch or agency located in the United States;(iii) a Person that
     is primarily engaged in the business of commercial  banking and that is (A)
     a Subsidiary  of a Bank,  (B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a Bank


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     is a Subsidiary, or (C) a Person of which a Bank is a Subsidiary;  and (iv)
     any other Person agreed to by the Company and the Agent.

          "Environmental  Claims"  means all claims,  however  asserted,  by any
     Governmental  Authority or other  Person  alleging  potential  liability or
     responsibility  for violation of any  Environmental  Law, or for release or
     injury to the environment.

          "Environmental Laws" means all federal, state or local laws, statutes,
     common law duties, rules, regulations,  ordinances and codes, together with
     all   administrative   orders,   directed   duties,   requests,   licenses,
     authorizations  and  permits  of, and  agreements  with,  any  Governmental
     Authorities,  in each case relating to  environmental,  health,  safety and
     land use matters.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  has the  meaning  specified  in the
     definition of "Offshore Rate".

          "Event of Default" means any of the events or circumstances  specified
     in Section 8.1.

          "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  and Exchange  Act of 1934,  and
     regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Facility Fee Rate" means, at any time, the rate per annum  determined
     in accordance with Schedule 1.1.

          "Federal  Funds Rate"  means,  for any day,  the rate set forth in the
     weekly  statistical  release  designated  as  H.15(519),  or any  successor
     publication,  published by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York (including
     any such successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the
     caption "Federal Funds (Effective)";  or, if for any relevant day such rate
     is not so published on any such  preceding  Business Day, the rate for such
     day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the rates for
     the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m.
     (New  York  City  time)  on that day by each of three  leading  brokers  of
     Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the Agent.

          "Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in subsection 2.9(a).

          "FRB" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,  and
     any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


          "Funded Debt" means all  Indebtedness  for borrowed  money  (including
     obligations under Capital Leases and excluding Contingent  Obligations with
     respect to Funded Indebtedness of other Persons).

          "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles set forth from
     time  to  time  in  the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of  the  Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and  pronouncements  of the Financial  Accounting  Standards
     Board (or  agencies  with  similar  functions  of  comparable  stature  and
     authority within the U.S. accounting  profession),  which are applicable to
     the circumstances as of the Closing Date.

          "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government,  any state or
     other political  subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary
     or  regulatory   authority)  thereof,  any  entity  exercising   executive,
     legislative,   judicial,  regulatory  or  administrative  functions  of  or
     pertaining  to  government,  and any  corporation  or other entity owned or
     controlled,  through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the
     foregoing.

          "Indebtedness"  of any  Person  means,  without  duplication,  (a) all
     indebtedness for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued,  undertaken or
     assumed as the deferred  purchase price of property or services (other than
     trade payables  entered into in the ordinary course of business on ordinary
     terms);  (c) all non-contingent  reimbursement or payment  obligations with
     respect to Surety  Instruments;  (d) all  obligations  evidenced  by notes,
     bonds,   debentures  or  similar  instruments,   including  obligations  so
     evidenced  incurred in connection with the acquisition of property,  assets
     or  businesses;   (e)  all  indebtedness   created  or  arising  under  any
     conditional  sale or  other  title  retention  agreement,  or  incurred  as
     financing,  in either case with respect to property  acquired by the Person
     (even  though  the  rights  and  remedies  of the seller or bank under such
     agreement  in the event of default are limited to  repossession  or sale of
     such property); (f) all obligations with respect to capital leases; (g) all
     net  obligations  with  respect  to Swap  Contracts;  (h) all  indebtedness
     referred to in clauses  (a) through (g) above  secured by (or for which the
     holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise,
     to be secured  by) any Lien upon or in  property  (including  accounts  and
     contracts  rights)  owned by such  Person,  even though such Person has not
     assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness;  and (i) all
     Contingent  Obligations in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others
     of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above.

          "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

          "Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

          "Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in subsection 6.1(a).


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


          "Insolvency  Proceeding"  means  (a) any case,  action  or  proceeding
     before any court or other  Governmental  Authority  relating to bankruptcy,
     reorganization,   insolvency,   liquidation,   receivership,   dissolution,
     winding-up  or relief of  debtors,  or (b) any general  assignment  for the
     benefit of creditors, composition,  marshalling of assets for creditors, or
     other,  similar  arrangement  in respect of its creditors  generally or any
     substantial portion of its creditors;  undertaken under U.S. Federal, state
     or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

          "Interest  and Rental  Expense"  means,  for any  period,  all amounts
     recorded and deducted in computing  the Company's  Consolidated  Net Income
     for such  period in respect of  interest  charges  and  expense  and rental
     charges for such  period  (whether  paid or accrued,  or a cash or non-cash
     expense,  and in the case of rental payments,  including the full amount of
     those payments made under operating  leases or synthetic  leases,  but only
     the imputed interest under Capital Leases).

          "Interest  Payment Date" means, as to Offshore Rate Loan, the last day
     of each  Interest  Period  applicable to such Offshore Rate Loan and, as to
     any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and each
     date such Base Rate Loan is converted into an Offshore Rate Loan, provided,
     however,  that if any  Interest  Period for an Offshore  Rate Loan  exceeds
     three months,  the date that falls three months after the beginning of such
     Interest Period and after each Interest  Payment Date thereafter is also an
     Interest Payment Date.

          "Interest  Period" means, the period  commencing on the Borrowing Date
     of an Offshore  Rate Loan or on the  Conversion/Continuation  Date on which
     the Loan is  converted  into or  continued  as an Offshore  Rate Loan,  and
     ending on the date one, two, three or six months  thereafter as selected by
     the    Company    in   its    Notice    of    Borrowing    or   Notice   of
     Conversion/Continuation;

     provided that:

               (i) if any Interest  Period would  otherwise end on a day that is
          not a Business  Day,  that  Interest  Period  shall be extended to the
          following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
          carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
          such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

               (ii) any Interest  Period that begins on the last Business Day of
          a  calendar  month  (or on a day for  which  there  is no  numerically
          corresponding  day in the


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          calendar  month at the end of such  Interest  Period) shall end on the
          last  Business Day of the calendar  month at the end of such  Interest
          Period; and

               (iii) no Interest  Period  shall  extend  beyond the  Termination
          Date.

          "Investment" means any advance,  loan,  extension of credit or capital
     contribution  to, or any  investment  in the capital  stock or other equity
     interest, or debt securities or other obligations of, another Person or any
     contingent liability incurred for the benefit of another Person.

          "IRS"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  any  Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

          "Joint Venture" means a single-purpose corporation, partnership, joint
     venture or other similar legal arrangement  (whether created by contract or
     conducted  through a separate legal entity) now or hereafter  formed by the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries  with another Person in order to conduct
     a common venture or enterprise with such Person.

          "Lending  Office" means, as to any Bank, the office or offices of such
     Bank  specified as its "Lending  Office" or  "Domestic  Lending  Office" or
     "Offshore  Lending  Office",  as the case may be, on Schedule 10.2, or such
     other  office or  offices  as such Bank may from  time to time  notify  the
     Company and the Agent.

          "Lien" means any security interest,  mortgage,  deed of trust, pledge,
     hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
     (statutory  or other)  or  preferential  arrangement  of any kind or nature
     whatsoever in respect of any property  (including those created by, arising
     under  or  evidenced  by any  conditional  sale or  other  title  retention
     agreement,  the interest of a lessor under a capital  lease,  any financing
     lease  having  substantially  the  same  economic  effect  as  any  of  the
     foregoing, or the filing of any financing statement naming the owner of the
     asset to which such lien  relates as debtor,  under the Uniform  Commercial
     Code or any  comparable  law),  but not  including the interest of a lessor
     under an operating lease.

          "Loan"  means an  extension  of credit by a Bank to the Company  under
     Article II, and may be a Base Rate Loan or an Offshore  Rate Loan (each,  a
     "Type" of Loan).

          "Loan  Documents" means this Agreement,  any Notes, the Guaranty,  the
     Fee Letter and all other  documents  delivered  to the Agent or any Bank in
     connection herewith.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>


          "Majority Banks" means at any time Banks then holding in excess of 50%
     of the then aggregate  unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or, if no such
     principal amount is then outstanding, Banks then having in excess of 50% of
     the Commitments.

          "Margin  Stock"  means  "margin  stock"  as such  term is  defined  in
     Regulation T, U or X of the FRB.

          "Material Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change in, or a
     material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, liabilities
     (actual or contingent),  properties,  condition (financial or otherwise) or
     prospects  of the Company or the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a
     whole;  (b) a material  impairment  of the  ability  of the  Company or any
     Subsidiary  to perform  under any Loan  Document  and to avoid any Event of
     Default;  or (c) a material  adverse  effect upon the  legality,  validity,
     binding effect or  enforceability  against the Company or any Subsidiary of
     any Loan Document.

          "Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer  plan", within the meaning
     of Section  4001(a)(3) of ERISA,  to which the Company or any member of the
     Controlled  Group makes, is making,  or is obligated to make  contributions
     or, during the preceding three calendar years,  has made, or been obligated
     to make, contributions.

          "Note" means a promissory  note  executed by the Company in favor of a
     Bank pursuant to subsection 2.2(b), in substantially the form of Exhibit F.

          "Notice  of  Borrowing"  means a notice in  substantially  the form of
     Exhibit A.

          "Notice of  Conversion/Continuation"  means a notice in  substantially
     the form of Exhibit B.

          "Obligations"  means all advances,  debts,  liabilities,  obligations,
     covenants and duties  arising under any Loan Document  owing by the Company
     to any Bank,  the  Agent,  or any  Indemnified  Person,  whether  direct or
     indirect (including those acquired by assignment),  absolute or contingent,
     due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising.

          "Offshore Rate" means, for any Interest  Period,  the rate of interest
     per annum (rounded upward to the next 1/16th of 1%) determined by the Agent
     as follows:

          Offshore Rate =           IBOR
                          -----------------------
                   1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


     Where,

               "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  means  for  any  day  for  any
          Interest  Period  the  maximum  reserve  percentage  (expressed  as  a
          decimal,  rounded  upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such
          day (whether or not applicable to any Bank) under  regulations  issued
          from  time to time by the FRB  for  determining  the  maximum  reserve
          requirement  (including any emergency,  supplemental or other marginal
          reserve  requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency  funding (currently
          referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"); and

               "IBOR"  means the rate of interest  per annum  determined  by the
          Agent as the rate at which dollar deposits in the  approximate  amount
          of Bank of America's Offshore Rate Loan for such Interest Period would
          be offered by Bank of  America's  Grand  Cayman  Branch,  Grand Cayman
          B.W.I.  (or such other office as may be designated for such purpose by
          Bank of  America),  to major banks in the  offshore  dollar  interbank
          market at their  request at  approximately  11:00 a.m.  (New York City
          time) two Business  Days prior to the  commencement  of such  Interest
          Period.

               The  Offshore  Rate  shall be  adjusted  automatically  as to all
          Offshore Rate Loans then  outstanding  as of the effective date of any
          change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

               "Offshore  Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears  interest  based on
          the Offshore Rate.

          "Organization  Documents" means, for any corporation,  the certificate
     or articles of incorporation,  the bylaws, any certificate of determination
     or  instrument  relating to the rights of  preferred  shareholders  of such
     corporation,   any  shareholder   rights  agreement,   and  all  applicable
     resolutions  of the board of directors (or any  committee  thereof) of such
     corporation.

          "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or  documentary  taxes
     or any other  excise or property  taxes,  charges or similar  levies  which
     arise from any payment made  hereunder or from the  execution,  delivery or
     registration  of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other
     Loan Documents.

          "Participant" has the meaning specified in subsection 10.8(d).

          "PBGC"  means  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,   or  any
     Governmental  Authority  succeeding to any of its principal functions under
     ERISA.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


          "Pension  Plan"  means a  "pension  plan",  as such term is defined in
     Section 3(2) of ERISA,  which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a
     Multiemployer  Plan),  and  to  which  the  Company  or any  member  of the
     Controlled  Group may have any liability  with respect to current or former
     employees of the Company or any member of the Controlled  Group,  including
     any  liability by reason of having been a substantial  employer  within the
     meaning of Section  4063 of ERISA at any time  during  the  preceding  five
     years,  or by reason of being  deemed to be a  contributing  sponsor  under
     Section 4069 of ERISA.

          "Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

          "Person" means an individual,  partnership, limited liability company,
     corporation,  business trust,  joint stock company,  trust,  unincorporated
     association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

          "Pro Rata Share"  means,  as to any Bank at any time,  the  percentage
     equivalent (expressed as a decimal,  rounded to the ninth decimal place) at
     such time of such Bank's Commitment divided by the combined  Commitments of
     all Banks.

          "Replacement Bank" has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

          "Requirement  of Law" means,  as to any Person,  any law (statutory or
     common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of
     a Governmental  Authority,  in each case  applicable to or binding upon the
     Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property
     is subject.

          "Responsible  Officer"  means  the  chief  executive  officer  or  the
     president of the Company,  or any other officer  having  substantially  the
     same  authority and  responsibility;  or, with respect to  compliance  with
     financial  covenants,  the chief financial  officer or the treasurer of the
     Company,  or any other officer having  substantially the same authority and
     responsibility.

          "SEC"  means  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission,   or  any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          "Senior  Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness of the Company for money
     borrowed which is not by its terms  subordinated in right of payment to the
     payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company.

          "Sole Arranger" means NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


          "Subsidiary"   of  a  Person  means  any   corporation,   association,
     partnership,  joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50%
     of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other
     than  corporations),  is owned or controlled  directly or indirectly by the
     Person,  or one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Person, or a combination
     thereof.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,  references herein
     to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

          "Surety  Instruments"  means all letters of credit (including  standby
     and commercial),  banker's  acceptances,  bank guaranties,  shipside bonds,
     surety bonds and similar instruments.

          "Swap  Contract" means any agreement  (including any master  agreement
     and any  agreement,  whether  or not in  writing,  relating  to any  single
     transaction) that is an interest rate swap agreement,  basis swap,  forward
     rate agreement,  commodity swap,  commodity option,  equity or equity index
     swap or option, bond option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange
     agreement,  rate cap, collar or floor  agreement,  currency swap agreement,
     cross-currency rate swap agreement, swaption, currency option or any other,
     similar  agreement   (including  any  option  to  enter  into  any  of  the
     foregoing).

          "Taxes"  means any and all present or future taxes,  levies,  imposts,
     deductions,  charges or  withholdings,  and all  liabilities  with  respect
     thereto,  excluding,  in the case of each Bank and the  Agent,  such  taxes
     (including  income taxes or franchise  taxes) as are imposed on or measured
     by  each  Bank's  net  income  by  the   jurisdictions  (or  any  political
     subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such Bank or the Agent, as the
     case may be, is organized or maintains a lending office.

          "Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of:

               (a) April 30, 2004; and

               (b) the date on which the  Commitments  terminate  in  accordance
          with the provisions of this Agreement.

          "Total Capitalization" means, as to any Person and as of any date, the
     sum of the  shareholders'  equity of such Person,  calculated in accordance
     with GAAP consistently applied, as shown on a balance sheet of such Person,
     plus the Funded Debt of such Person.

          "Type" has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."

          "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States of America.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>


          "Welfare  Plan"  means a  "welfare  plan",  as such term is defined in
     Section 3(1) of ERISA.

          "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  means any corporation in which (other than
     directors'  qualifying shares required by law) 100% of the capital stock of
     each class having ordinary  voting power,  and 100% of the capital stock of
     every other class, in each case, at the time as of which any  determination
     is being made, is owned,  beneficially and of record, by the Company, or by
     one or more of the other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

     1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions.

     (a) The meanings of defined  terms are equally  applicable  to the singular
and plural forms of the defined terms.

     (b) The words  "hereof",  "herein",  "hereunder" and similar words refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
and subsection,  Section,  Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement
unless otherwise specified.

     (c) (i) The term "documents"  includes any and all instruments,  documents,
agreements,  certificates,  indentures,  notices  and  other  writings,  however
evidenced.

          (ii) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including without
     limitation."

          (iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a
     later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the words
     "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding", and the word "through" means
     "to and including."

     (d)  Unless  otherwise   expressly   provided  herein,  (i)  references  to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but
only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by
the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation
are to be  construed  as  including  all  statutory  and  regulatory  provisions
consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
regulation.

     (e) The captions  and headings of this  Agreement  are for  convenience  of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

     (f) This  Agreement  and other Loan  Documents  may use  several  different
limitations,  tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All
such  limitations,  tests and  measurements  are  cumulative  and shall  each be
performed in accordance with their terms.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>


     (g)  This  Agreement  and  the  other  Loan  Documents  are the  result  of
negotiations  among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent,  the Company
and the other parties,  and are the products of all parties.  Accordingly,  they
shall not be  construed  against  the Banks or the Agent  merely  because of the
Agent's or Banks' involvement in their preparation.

     1.3 Accounting  Principles.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,
all accounting  terms not expressly  defined herein shall be construed,  and all
financial   computations  required  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  made,  in
accordance with GAAP, consistently applied.

     (a) References  herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal  quarter" refer to such
fiscal periods of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS

     2.1 Amounts and Terms of Commitments.  Each Bank severally  agrees,  on the
terms and conditions  set forth herein,  to make loans to the Company (each such
loan, a "Loan") from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the
Closing Date to the  Termination  Date, in an aggregate  amount not to exceed at
any time outstanding, together with the principal amount of Loans outstanding in
favor of such Bank at such time,  the amount set forth next to such  Bank's name
on Schedule  2.1 (such  amount,  as the same may be reduced or  increased  under
Section 2.5 or as a result of one or more  assignments  under Section 10.8,  the
Bank's  "Commitment");  provided,  however,  that,  after  giving  effect to any
Borrowing,  the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans shall not at
any time  exceed the  combined  Commitments.  Within  the limits of each  Bank's
Commitment,  and subject to the other terms and conditions  hereof,  the Company
may borrow under this Section 2.1,  prepay under Section 2.6 and reborrow  under
this Section 2.1.

     2.2 Loan Accounts.

     (a) The Loans  made by each  Bank  shall be  evidenced  by one or more loan
accounts or records  maintained by such Bank in the ordinary course of business.
The loan  accounts  or  records  maintained  by the Agent and each Bank shall be
conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Banks to
the Company and the interest and payments  thereon.  Any failure so to record or
any  error in doing  so shall  not,  however,  limit  or  otherwise  affect  the
obligation of the Company  hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the
Loans.

     (b) Upon the request of any Bank made through the Agent,  the Loans made by
such Bank may be evidenced by one or more Notes, instead of loan accounts.  Each
such Bank shall


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

endorse on the schedules annexed to its Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of
each Loan made by it and the  amount of each  payment of  principal  made by the
Company with respect  thereto.  Each such Bank is irrevocably  authorized by the
Company to endorse its Note(s) and each Bank's record shall be conclusive absent
manifest  error;  provided,  however,  that the failure of a Bank to make, or an
error in making,  a notation thereon with respect to any Loan shall not limit or
otherwise affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or under any such Note
to such Bank.

     2.3 Procedure for Borrowing.

     (a) Each Borrowing shall be made upon the Company's irrevocable  telephonic
or written  notice  delivered to the Agent in the form of a Notice of Borrowing,
if written and promptly  confirmed by delivery of a form of Notice of Borrowing,
if telephonic,  which written or telephonic notice must be received by the Agent
prior to 9:00 a.m.  (Chicago  time) (i) two Business Days prior to the requested
Borrowing  Date, in the case of Offshore  Rate Loans;  and (ii) on the requested
Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans, specifying:

          (1) the  amount  of the  Borrowing,  which  shall  be in an  aggregate
     minimum  amount of  $5,000,000  or any  multiple  of  $1,000,000  in excess
     thereof;

          (2) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

          (3) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing; and

          (4) the  duration  of the  Interest  Period  applicable  to such Loans
     included in such notice.  If the Notice of  Borrowing  fails to specify the
     duration of the  Interest  Period for any  Borrowing  comprised of Offshore
     Rate Loans, such Interest Period shall be three months.

     (b) The Agent will  promptly  notify each Bank of its receipt of any Notice
of Borrowing and of the amount of such Bank's Pro Rata Share of that Borrowing.

     (c) Each Bank will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each  Borrowing
available  to the Agent for the account of the  Company at the  Agent's  Payment
Office  by 1:00 p.m.  (Chicago  time) on the  Borrowing  Date  requested  by the
Company in funds  immediately  available to the Agent.  The proceeds of all such
Loans will then be made  available to the Company by the Agent by wire  transfer
in accordance with written instructions  provided to the Agent by the Company of
like funds as received by the Agent.

     (d) After giving  effect to any  Borrowing,  there may not be more than ten
different Interest Periods in effect.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>


     2.4 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

     (a)  The  Company  may,  upon  irrevocable  written  or  telephonic  notice
(promptly  confirmed in writing,  if telephonic) to the Agent in accordance with
subsection 2.4(b):

          (1) elect,  as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans, or
     as of the  last  day of the  applicable  Interest  Period,  in the  case of
     Offshore  Rate Loans,  to convert any such Loans (or any part thereof in an
     amount not less than  $5,000,000,  or that is in an  integral  multiple  of
     $1,000,000 in excess thereof) into Loans of any other Type; or

          (2) elect, as of the last day of the applicable  Interest  Period,  to
     continue any Offshore Rate Loans having Interest  Periods  expiring on such
     day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than $5,000,000,  or that is
     in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof);

provided,  that if at any time the  aggregate  amount of Offshore  Rate Loans in
respect of any Borrowing is reduced,  by payment,  prepayment,  or conversion of
part  thereof  to be less  than  $1,000,000,  such  Offshore  Rate  Loans  shall
automatically convert into Base Rate Loans, and on and after such date the right
of the Company to continue such Loans as, and convert such Loans into,  Offshore
Rate Loans shall terminate.

     (b) The Company shall give written or  telephonic  notice to be received by
the Agent not later than 9:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at least (i) two Business Days
in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted
into   or    continued   as   Offshore    Rate   Loans;    and   (ii)   on   the
Conversion/Continuation  Date,  if the Loans are to be converted  into Base Rate
Loans, specifying:

          (1) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

          (2) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or renewed;

          (3) the  Type of  Loans  resulting  from the  proposed  conversion  or
     continuation; and

          (4) in the case of conversions  into or continuations of Offshore Rate
     Loans, the duration of the requested Interest Period.

Such   notice,   if   written,   shall   be  in  the   form  of  a   Notice   of
Conversion/Continuation  and, if telephonic, shall be confirmed with a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation.


                                      -17-
<PAGE>


     (c) If upon the  expiration of any Interest  Period  applicable to Offshore
Rate Loans,  the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest Period to be
applicable  to such  Offshore  Rate Loans or if any  Default or Event of Default
then  exists,  the  Company  shall be deemed to have  elected  to  convert  such
Offshore Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans  effective as of the expiration date of
such Interest Period.

     (d) The Agent will promptly  notify each Bank of its receipt of a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is provided by the Company, the
Agent will promptly notify each Bank of the details of any automatic conversion.
All  conversions  and  continuations  shall  be made  ratably  according  to the
respective  outstanding principal amounts of the Loans with respect to which the
notice was given held by each Bank.

     (e) Unless the Majority Banks  otherwise  agree,  during the existence of a
Default or Event of Default,  the Company may not elect to have a Loan converted
into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.

     (f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation  of Loans,  there
may not be more than ten different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.5 Changes in Aggregate Commitments.

     (a) The Company may, upon not less than four Business Days' prior notice to
the Agent,  terminate the Commitments,  or permanently reduce the Commitments by
an aggregate  minimum  amount of  $5,000,000  or any multiple of  $1,000,000  in
excess  thereof;  unless,  after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of
Loans made on the effective date thereof, the then-outstanding  principal amount
of the Loans would exceed the amount of the combined Commitments then in effect.
Once reduced in  accordance  with this Section 2.5, the  Commitments  may not be
increased.  Any  reduction  of the  Commitments  shall be  applied  to each Bank
according  to its Pro Rata  Share.  All  accrued  commitment  fees  to,  but not
including the effective  date of any reduction or  termination  of  Commitments,
shall be paid on the effective date of such reduction or termination.

     (b) The  Company  may from time to time but no more  often than once in any
consecutive twelve month period, by means of a letter to the Agent substantially
in the form of Exhibit G, request that the aggregate Commitments be increased by
(a)  increasing  the  Commitment  of one or more Banks which have agreed to such
increase  and/or (b) adding one or more  commercial  banks or other Persons as a
party hereto with a  Commitment  in an amount  agreed to by any such  commercial
bank or other Person; provided that (i) no commercial bank or other Person shall
be added as a party  hereto  without the written  consent of the Company and the
Agent,  (ii) no commercial bank or other Person shall be added as a party hereto
unless the Commitment of such  commercial bank or other Person equals or exceeds
the lowest  existing  Commitment  of an existing Bank  immediately  prior to any
increase in the aggregate  Commitments pursuant to this Section


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

2.5(b) and (iii) in no event shall the aggregate Commitments exceed $175,000,000
without  the  written  consent of all Banks;  provided  further,  the  aggregate
Commitments  shall not be increased  pursuant to this Section  2.5(b) unless (i)
the Company will be in pro forma compliance with all of its covenants under this
Agreement  before and after giving effect to any increase  hereunder and (ii) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing  or will result from
any such increase hereunder.  Any increase in the aggregate Commitments pursuant
to this Section  2.5(b) shall be effective  five Business Days after the date on
which the Agent has received and accepted the applicable  increase letter in the
form of Annex 1 to Exhibit G (in the case of an increase in the Commitment of an
existing Bank) or assumption  letter in the form of Annex 2 to Exhibit G (in the
case of the  addition of a commercial  bank or other Person as a new Bank).  The
Agent shall  promptly  notify the  Company and the Banks of any  increase in the
amount of the aggregate  Commitments  pursuant to this Section 2.5(b) and of the
Commitment  and Pro Rata Share of each Bank after  giving  effect  thereto.  The
Company  acknowledges  that, in order to maintain Loans in accordance  with each
Bank's  Pro Rata  Share,  a  reallocation  of the  Commitments  as a result of a
non-pro-rata  increase in the aggregate  Commitments  may require  prepayment or
funding of all or portions  of certain  Loans on the date of such  increase  and
funding of all or portions of Loans on the date of such  increase  (and any such
prepayment or funding  shall be subject to the  provision of Section  3.4).  The
Agent  shall  promptly  notify  all  Banks  of any  increase  in  the  aggregate
Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.5(b).

     2.6 Optional  Prepayments.  Subject to Section 3.4, the Company may, at any
time or from time to time,  upon not less than one  Business  Day's  irrevocable
notice  to the  Agent,  ratably  prepay  Loans in whole or in part,  in  minimum
amounts of  $1,000,000 or any multiple of  $1,000,000  in excess  thereof.  Such
notice of prepayment  shall specify the date and amount of such  prepayment  and
the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid.  The Agent will promptly notify each Bank of
its  receipt  of any such  notice,  and of such  Bank's  Pro Rata  Share of such
prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall make such
prepayment  and the payment  amount  specified  in such notice  shall be due and
payable on the date  specified  therein,  together with, in the case of Offshore
Rate Loans,  accrued  interest  to each such date on the amount  prepaid and any
amounts required pursuant to Section 3.4.

     2.7 Repayment. The Company shall repay to the Banks on the Termination Date
the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such date.

     2.8 Interest.

     (a) Each Loan shall  bear  interest  on the  outstanding  principal  amount
thereof  from the  applicable  Borrowing  Date at a rate per annum  equal to the
Offshore Rate or the Base Rate, as the case may be (and subject to the Company's
right to convert to other Types of Loans under Section 2.4), plus the Applicable
Margin.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>


     (b) Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment
Date.  Interest  shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of Loans under
Section 2.6 for the portion of the Loans so prepaid and upon payment  (including
prepayment)  in full thereof and,  during the existence of any Event of Default,
interest shall be paid on demand of the Agent at the request or with the consent
of the Majority Banks.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (a) of this  Section,  while any Event of
Default exists or after  acceleration,  the Company shall pay interest (after as
well as before entry of judgment  thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the
principal  amount  of all  outstanding  Loans,  at a rate  per  annum  which  is
determined  by adding 2% per annum to the  Applicable  Margin then in effect for
such Loans; provided, however, that, on and after the expiration of any Interest
Period  applicable  to  any  Offshore  Rate  Loan  outstanding  on the  date  of
occurrence of such Event of Default or  acceleration,  the  principal  amount of
such Offshore Rate Loan shall,  during the continuation of such Event of Default
or after acceleration,  bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate
plus 2%.

     (d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the
Company to any Bank hereunder  shall be subject to the limitation  that payments
of interest  shall not be required for any period for which interest is computed
hereunder,  to the  extent  (but only to the  extent)  that  contracting  for or
receiving  such payment by such Bank would be contrary to the  provisions of any
law  applicable  to such Bank  limiting the highest rate of interest that may be
lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Bank, and in such event the
Company shall pay such Bank interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable
law.

     2.9 Fees.

     (a)  Arrangement,  Agency Fees. The Company shall pay an arrangement fee to
the Sole Arranger for the Sole  Arranger's own account,  and shall pay an agency
fee to the  Agent  for the  Agent's  own  account,  as  required  by the  letter
agreement  ("Fee  Letter")  between the Company and the Sole  Arranger and Agent
dated March 12, 1999.

     (b)  Facility  Fee.  The Company  shall pay to the Agent for the account of
each  Bank a  facility  fee on the  Bank's  Commitment  (regardless  of  usage),
computed  on a  quarterly  basis in  arrears  on the last  Business  Day of each
calendar quarter, equal to the Facility Fee Rate. Such facility fee shall accrue
from the date  hereof  to the  Termination  Date  and  shall be due and  payable
quarterly  in  arrears  on the  last  Business  Day  of  each  calendar  quarter
commencing on July 31, 1999 through the Termination Date, with the final payment
to be made on the  Termination  Date;  provided  that,  in  connection  with any
reduction or termination of Commitments  under Section 2.5, the accrued facility
fee calculated for the period ending on such date shall also be paid on the date
of such reduction or  termination,  with the following  quarterly  payment being
calculated on the basis of the period from such reduction or termination date to
such quarterly payment date. The facility fees


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

provided in this subsection shall accrue at all times after the  above-mentioned
commencement date,  including at any time during which one or more conditions in
Article IV are not met.

     2.10 Computation of Fees and Interest.

     (a) All  computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is
determined by Bank of America's "reference rate" shall be made on the basis of a
year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other
computations  of fees and interest  shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year
and actual  days  elapsed  (which  results in more  interest  being paid than if
computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest and fees shall accrue during
each period  during which  interest or such fees are computed from the first day
thereof to the last day thereof.

     (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be conclusive
and binding on the Company and the Banks in the absence of manifest error.

     2.11 Payments by the Company.

     (a) All payments to be made by the Company  shall be made without  set-off,
recoupment or counterclaim.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein, all
payments by the Company  shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Banks
at the Agent's Payment  Office,  and shall be made in dollars and in immediately
available  funds,  no later than 2:00 p.m.  (Chicago time) on the date specified
herein.  The Agent will promptly  distribute to each Bank its Pro Rata Share (or
other  applicable  share as expressly  provided  herein) of such payment in like
funds as  received.  Any  payment  received  by the Agent  later  than 2:00 p.m.
(Chicago  time) shall be deemed to have been received on the following  Business
Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

     (b) Subject to the  provisions  set forth in the  definition  of  "Interest
Period" herein,  whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day,
such payment shall be made on the following  Business Day, and such extension of
time shall in such case be included in the  computation  of interest or fees, as
the case may be.

     (c) Unless the Agent receives  notice from the Company prior to the date on
which  any  payment  is due to the  Banks  that the  Company  will not make such
payment in full as and when required,  the Agent may assume that the Company has
made such  payment  in full to the Agent on such date in  immediately  available
funds and the Agent may (but shall not be so  required),  in reliance  upon such
assumption,  distribute  to each  Bank on such due date an  amount  equal to the
amount  then due such Bank.  If and to the extent the  Company has not made such
payment in full to the Agent,  each Bank shall repay to the Agent on demand such
amount  distributed to such Bank,


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

together with  interest  thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the
date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date repaid.

     2.12 Payments by the Banks to the Agent.

     (a) Unless the Agent receives notice from a Bank on or prior to the Closing
Date or, with  respect to any  Borrowing  after the Closing  Date,  at least one
Business Day prior to the date of such  Borrowing,  that such Bank will not make
available  as and when  required  hereunder  to the Agent for the account of the
Company the amount of that Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Agent may
assume that each Bank has made such amount available to the Agent in immediately
available  funds on the  Borrowing  Date and the Agent may (but  shall not be so
required),  in reliance upon such  assumption,  make available to the Company on
such date a corresponding  amount.  If and to the extent any Bank shall not have
made its full amount  available to the Agent in immediately  available funds and
the Agent in such  circumstances  has made available to the Company such amount,
that Bank shall on the  Business Day  following  such  Borrowing  Date make such
amount available to the Agent,  together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate
for each day during such  period.  A notice of the Agent  submitted  to any Bank
with respect to amounts  owing under this  subsection  (a) shall be  conclusive,
absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available,  such payment to the
Agent  shall  constitute  such  Bank's  Loan on the  date of  Borrowing  for all
purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to the Agent on
the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the Agent will notify the Company
of such  failure to fund and,  upon demand by the Agent,  the Company  shall pay
such amount to the Agent for the Agent's account, together with interest thereon
for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal
to the  interest  rate  applicable  at the  time to the  Loans  comprising  such
Borrowing.

     (b) The  failure of any Bank to make any Loan on any  Borrowing  Date shall
not relieve any other Bank of any  obligation  hereunder  to make a Loan on such
Borrowing  Date, but no Bank shall be  responsible  for the failure of any other
Bank to make the Loan to be made by such other Bank on any Borrowing Date.

     2.13  Sharing  of  Payments,  Etc.  If,  other than as  expressly  provided
elsewhere  herein,  any Bank shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any
payment (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any right of
set-off,  or  otherwise)  in  excess  of its Pro Rata  Share,  such  Bank  shall
immediately  (a) notify the Agent of such fact,  and (b) purchase from the other
Banks such  participations  in the Loans made by them as shall be  necessary  to
cause such  purchasing  Bank to share the excess  payment  pro rata with each of
them;  provided,  however,  that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
thereafter  recovered  from the  purchasing  Bank,  such purchase  shall to that
extent be rescinded and each other Bank shall repay to the  purchasing  Bank the
purchase  price paid  therefor,  together  with an amount  equal to such  paying
Bank's  ratable  share  (according  to the  proportion of (i) the amount of such
paying Bank's required  repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the
purchasing  Bank)  of any  interest  or  other  amount  paid or  payable  by the


                                      -22-
<PAGE>


purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so recovered.  The Company agrees
that any Bank so  purchasing  a  participation  from  another  Bank may,  to the
fullest extent permitted by law,  exercise all its rights of payment  (including
the right of  set-off,  but  subject  to  Section  10.9)  with  respect  to such
participation  as fully as if such Bank were the direct  creditor of the Company
in the amount of such participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be
conclusive  and  binding in the  absence of  manifest  error) of  participations
purchased  under this  Section and will in each case notify the Banks  following
any such purchases or repayments.

                                   ARTICLE III

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

     3.1 Taxes.

     (a) Any and all  payments  by the  Company to each Bank or the Agent  under
this  Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and
without  deduction or withholding for any Taxes. In addition,  the Company shall
pay all Other Taxes.

     (b) The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  each Bank and the
Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes  (including any Taxes or Other
Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by
the  Bank  or the  Agent  and  any  liability  (including  penalties,  interest,
additions  to tax and  expenses)  arising  therefrom  or with  respect  thereto,
whether or not such Taxes or Other  Taxes were  correctly  or legally  asserted.
Payment under this  indemnification  shall be made within 30 days after the date
the Bank or the Agent makes written demand therefor.

     (c) If the Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any Taxes
or Other  Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable  hereunder  to any Bank or
the Agent, then:

          (1) the sum payable  shall be  increased  as  necessary  so that after
     making all required deductions and withholdings  (including  deductions and
     withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) such
     Bank or the Agent,  as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum
     it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made;

          (2) the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;

          (3) the Company shall pay the full amount  deducted or withheld to the
     relevant taxing  authority or other authority in accordance with applicable
     law; and


                                      -23-
<PAGE>


          (4) the  Company  shall  also pay to each  Bank or the  Agent  for the
     account of such Bank, at the time interest is paid, all additional  amounts
     which the respective  Bank specifies as necessary to preserve the after-tax
     yield the Bank would  have  received  if such Taxes or Other  Taxes had not
     been imposed.

     (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Company of Taxes or
Other  Taxes,  the Company  shall  furnish the Agent the original or a certified
copy of a receipt  evidencing  payment  thereof,  or other  evidence  of payment
satisfactory to the Agent.

     (e) If the Company is required to pay additional amounts to any Bank or the
Agent  pursuant  to  subsection  (c) of this  Section,  then such Bank shall use
reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to change
the  jurisdiction  of its Lending Office so as to eliminate any such  additional
payment  by the  Company  which may  thereafter  accrue,  if such  change in the
judgment of such Bank is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.

     3.2 Illegality.

     (a) If any Bank determines that the introduction of any Requirement of Law,
or  any  change  in  any  Requirement  of  Law,  or  in  the  interpretation  or
administration  of any  Requirement  of Law, has made it  unlawful,  or that any
central bank or other  Governmental  Authority has asserted that it is unlawful,
for any Bank or its applicable Lending Office to make Offshore Rate Loans, then,
on notice thereof by the Bank to the Company  through the Agent,  any obligation
of that Bank to make  Offshore  Rate  Loans  shall be  suspended  until the Bank
notifies  the Agent and the Company that the  circumstances  giving rise to such
determination no longer exist.

     (b) If a Bank  determines that it is unlawful to maintain any Offshore Rate
Loan, the Company shall, upon its receipt of notice of such fact and demand from
such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), prepay in full such Offshore Rate Loans of
that Bank then  outstanding,  together with interest accrued thereon and amounts
required  under  Section  3.4,  either  on the last day of the  Interest  Period
thereof,  if the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loans
to such day, or immediately,  if the Bank may not lawfully  continue to maintain
such  Offshore  Rate Loan.  If the Company is required to so prepay any Offshore
Rate Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment, the Company shall borrow from
the affected Bank, in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

     (c) If the  obligation of any Bank to make or maintain  Offshore Rate Loans
has been so terminated or suspended,  the Company may elect, by giving notice to
the Bank  through the Agent that all Loans which would  otherwise be made by the
Bank as Offshore Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Loans.


                                      -24-
<PAGE>


     (d) Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section,  the affected
Bank shall  designate a different  Lending  Office with  respect to its Offshore
Rate Loans if such  designation  will avoid the need for giving  such  notice or
making  such demand and will not,  in the  judgment  of the Bank,  be illegal or
otherwise disadvantageous to the Bank.

     3.3 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

     (a) If any Bank determines  that, due to either (i) the  introduction of or
any  change in or in the  interpretation  of any law or  regulation  or (ii) the
compliance  by that Bank with any  guideline or request from any central bank or
other  Governmental  Authority  (whether or not having the force of law),  there
shall be any  increase  in the cost to such Bank of  agreeing to make or making,
funding or maintaining any Offshore Rate Loans, then the Company shall be liable
for, and shall from time to time,  upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be
sent to the Agent),  pay to the Agent for the  account of such Bank,  additional
amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Bank for such increased costs.

     (b) If any Bank  shall have  determined  that (i) the  introduction  of any
Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation,
(iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy
Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental  Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Bank (or its
Lending  Office)  or any  corporation  controlling  the Bank  with  any  Capital
Adequacy  Regulation,  affects or would affect the amount of capital required or
expected to be maintained by the Bank or any  corporation  controlling  the Bank
and (taking into consideration  such Bank's or such corporation's  policies with
respect  to  capital  adequacy  and  such  Bank's  desired  return  on  capital)
determines  that the amount of such capital is increased as a consequence of its
Commitments,  loans,  credits or obligations  under this  Agreement,  then, upon
demand of such Bank to the Company  through the Agent,  the Company shall pay to
the  Bank,  from  time to time as  specified  by the  Bank,  additional  amounts
sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increase.

     3.4 Funding  Losses.  The Company shall  reimburse  each Bank and hold each
Bank  harmless from any loss or expense which the Bank may sustain or incur as a
consequence of:

     (a) the  failure of the  Company to make on a timely  basis any  payment of
principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

     (b) the failure of the Company to borrow,  continue or convert a Loan after
the Company has given (or is deemed to have  given) a Notice of  Borrowing  or a
Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

     (c) the failure of the Company to make any  prepayment in  accordance  with
any notice delivered under Section 2.6;


                                      -25-
<PAGE>


     (d) the prepayment or other payment (including after acceleration  thereof)
of an  Offshore  Rate  Loan on a day that is not the  last  day of the  relevant
Interest Period; or

     (e) the automatic conversion under Section 2.4 of any Offshore Rate Loan to
a Base  Rate  Loan on a day that is not the last  day of the  relevant  Interest
Period;

including any such loss or expense  arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable
to terminate the deposits from which such funds were  obtained.  For purposes of
calculating  amounts  payable by the Company to the Banks under this Section and
under  subsection  3.3(a),  each  Offshore  Rate  Loan  made by a Bank (and each
related reserve,  special deposit or similar  requirement) shall be conclusively
deemed to have been funded at the IBOR used in determining the Offshore Rate for
such  Offshore  Rate  Loan by a  matching  deposit  or  other  borrowing  in the
interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period,
whether or not such Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.

     3.5  Inability to Determine  Rates.  If the Agent  determines  that for any
reason  adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for determining the Offshore
Rate for any requested  Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate
Loan, or that the Offshore Rate applicable pursuant to subsection 2.8(a) for any
requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan does not
adequately  and fairly  reflect the cost to such Banks of funding such Loan, the
Agent  will  promptly  so notify the  Company  and each  Bank.  Thereafter,  the
obligation of the Banks to make or maintain  Offshore Rate Loans hereunder shall
be suspended until the Agent with the consent of the Majority Banks revokes such
notice in  writing.  Upon  receipt of such  notice,  the  Company may revoke any
Notice of Borrowing or Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  then submitted by it.
If the Company  does not revoke such  Notice,  the Banks shall make,  convert or
continue the Loans, as proposed by the Company,  in the amount  specified in the
applicable  notice  submitted  by the  Company,  but such  Loans  shall be made,
converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans.

     3.6 Certificates of Banks. Any Bank claiming  reimbursement or compensation
under this Article III shall deliver to the Company (with a copy to the Agent) a
certificate  setting forth in reasonable  detail the amount  payable to the Bank
hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Company in
the absence of manifest error.

     3.7  Substitution  of Banks.  Upon the receipt by the Company from any Bank
(an "Affected Bank") of a claim for compensation  under Section 3.3, the Company
may:  (i)  request  the  Affected  Bank to use its  best  efforts  to  obtain  a
replacement bank or financial institution satisfactory to the Company to acquire
and  assume  all or a  ratable  part of all of such  Affected  Bank's  Loans and
Commitment (a "Replacement  Bank");  (ii) request one more of the other Banks to
acquire and assume all or part of such Affected Bank's Loans and Commitment;  or
(iii) designate a Replacement


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

Bank. Any such designation of a Replacement Bank under clause (i) or (iii) shall
be subject to the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld).

     3.8 Survival. The agreements and obligations of the Company in this Article
III shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     4.1  Conditions of Initial  Loans.  The obligation of each Bank to make its
initial Loan  hereunder is subject to the condition that the Agent have received
on or before the Closing Date (i) evidence,  satisfactory to the Agent, that the
Credit  Agreement  dated as of November 30, 1994, as amended,  among the Company
and Bank of America has been  terminated,  that all amounts owing by the Company
thereunder  have been paid and that all  obligations  of the Company  thereunder
have  been  satisfied,  and (ii)  all of the  following,  in form and  substance
satisfactory to the Agent and each Bank, and in sufficient copies for each Bank:

     (a) Credit Agreement. This Agreement executed by each party thereto;

     (b) Resolutions; Incumbency.

          (1) Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company
     authorizing  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  certified  as of the
     Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

          (2) A  certificate  of the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary of the
     Company  certifying  the names and true  signatures  of the officers of the
     Company authorized to execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement, and all
     other Loan Documents to be delivered by it hereunder;

     (c)  Organization  Documents.  The articles or certificate of incorporation
and the bylaws of the Company as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company as of the Closing Date.

     (d) Legal  Opinions.  An opinion of Robin J. Irwin,  counsel to the Company
and addressed to the Agent and the Banks,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit
D;


                                      -27-
<PAGE>


     (e) Payment of Fees. Evidence of payment by the Company of all accrued and
unpaid  fees,  costs and  expenses  to the  extent  then due and  payable on the
Closing  Date;  including  any such costs,  fees and expenses  arising  under or
referenced in Sections 2.9 and 10.4;

     (f) Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as of
the Closing Date, stating that:

          (1) the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true
     and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such date;

          (2) no  Default or Event of Default  exists or would  result  from the
     initial Borrowing; and

          (3) there has occurred  since May 28, 1998,  no event or  circumstance
     that has resulted or could  reasonably  be expected to result in a Material
     Adverse Effect;

     (g) Other Documents. Such other approvals, opinions, documents or materials
as the Agent or any Bank may request.

     4.2 Conditions to All  Borrowings.  The obligation of each Bank to make any
Loan  to  be  made  by it  (including  its  initial  Loan)  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction  of the following  conditions  precedent on the relevant  Borrowing
Date:

     (a)  Notice  of  Borrowing.  The  Agent  shall  have  received  a Notice of
Borrowing;

     (b) Continuation of Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties  in Article V shall be true and  correct on and as of such  Borrowing
Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such Borrowing Date (except to
the extent such  representations  and warranties  expressly  refer to an earlier
date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date); and

     (c) No  Existing  Default.  No Default or Event of Default  shall  exist or
shall result from such Borrowing.

Each Notice of Borrowing  submitted by the Company  hereunder shall constitute a
representation  and  warranty by the Company  hereunder,  as of the date of each
such notice and as of each  Borrowing  Date,  that the conditions in Section 4.2
are satisfied.


                                      -28-
<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:

     5.1  Corporate   Existence   and  Power.   The  Company  and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries:

     (a) is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

     (b)  has  the  power  and   authority   and  all   governmental   licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its business
and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents;

     (c) is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation and is licensed and in good
standing  under  the laws of each  jurisdiction  where its  ownership,  lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification
or license; and

     (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except,  with respect to
clauses  (c) and  (d),  to the  extent  that  the  failure  to do so  could  not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.  The execution, delivery and
performance by the Company and its Subsidiaries of this Agreement and each other
Loan  Document to which such Person is party,  have been duly  authorized by all
necessary corporate action, and do not and will not:

     (a) contravene the terms of any of that Person's Organization Documents;

     (b)  conflict  with or result in any  breach  or  contravention  of, or the
creation of any Lien under, any document  evidencing any Contractual  Obligation
to which such Person is a party or any order, injunction,  writ or decree of any
Governmental Authority to which such Person or its property is subject; or

     (c)  violate  any  Requirement  of Law,  except  to the  extent  that  such
violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.3   Governmental   Authorization.   No  approval,   consent,   exemption,
authorization,   or  other  action  by,  or  notice  to,  or  filing  with,  any
Governmental Authority is


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

necessary or required in connection with the execution,  delivery or performance
by, or  enforcement  against,  the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  of the
Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     5.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement and each other Loan Document to which
the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries is a party  constitute the legal,  valid
and binding obligations of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries to the extent
it is a party thereto,  enforceable against such Person in accordance with their
respective  terms,  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

     5.5  Litigation.  There  are no  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims  or
disputes  pending,  or to the  best  knowledge  of the  Company,  threatened  or
contemplated,  at law,  in equity,  in  arbitration  or before any  Governmental
Authority,  against the Company,  or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
properties which:

     (a)  purport  to affect or  pertain  to this  Agreement  or any other  Loan
Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or

     (b) if  determined  adversely  to the  Company or its  Subsidiaries,  would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No injunction,  writ,
temporary  restraining  order or any order of any nature has been  issued by any
court or other  Governmental  Authority  purporting  to enjoin or  restrain  the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
or  directing  that the  transactions  provided  for  herein or  therein  not be
consummated as herein or therein provided.

     5.6 No Default.  No Default or Event of Default exists or would result from
the incurring of any  Obligations by the Company or the execution,  delivery and
performance of a Guaranty by any Subsidiary. As of the Closing Date, neither the
Company  nor  any  Subsidiary  is in  default  under  or  with  respect  to  any
Contractual  Obligation in any respect which,  individually or together with all
such defaults,  could  reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
or that would,  if such default had occurred  after the Closing Date,  create an
Event of Default under subsection 8.1(e).

     5.7 ERISA Compliance.

     (a) During  the  twelve-consecutive-month  period  prior to the date of the
execution  and delivery of this  Agreement or the making of any Loan  hereunder,
(i) no  steps  have  been  taken  to  terminate  any  Pension  Plan  and (ii) no
contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan sufficient to
give rise to a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA. No condition  exists or event
or transaction  has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan which might result
in the  incurrence by the Company or any  Subsidiary of any material  liability,
fine or penalty.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>


     (b) All  contributions  (if any) have been made to any  Multiemployer  Plan
that  are  required  to be  made  by the  Company  or any  other  member  of the
Controlled  Group  under the terms of the plan or of any  collective  bargaining
agreement  or by  applicable  law;  neither  the  Company  nor any member of the
Controlled  Group has withdrawn or partially  withdrawn  from any  Multiemployer
Plan (except a single  withdrawal,  with  respect to which the  liability of the
Company and the members of the  Controlled  Group shall not exceed  $1,000,000),
incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to any such plan, received notice
of any claim or demand for withdrawal  liability or partial withdrawal liability
from any such plan,  and no condition has occurred  which,  if continued,  might
result in a withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any such plan; and neither the
Company nor any member of the Controlled  Group has received any notice that any
Multiemployer  Plan is in  reorganization,  that increased  contributions may be
required to avoid a reduction in plan  benefits or the  imposition of any excise
tax,  that any such plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that required
under Section 412 of the Code,  that any such plan is or may be  terminated,  or
that any such plan is or may become insolvent.

     5.8 Use of Proceeds;  Margin Regulations.  The proceeds of the Loans are to
be used solely for the purposes  set forth in and  permitted by Section 6.12 and
Section 7.7. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is generally  engaged in the
business of  purchasing  or selling  Margin  Stock or  extending  credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

     5.9 Title to Properties.  The Company and each  Subsidiary have good record
and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real
property  necessary  or  used  in  the  ordinary  conduct  of  their  respective
businesses,  except for such defects in title as could not,  individually  or in
the aggregate,  have a Material Adverse Effect.  The property of the Company and
its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

     5.10 Taxes.  The Company  and its  Subsidiaries  have filed all Federal and
other material tax returns and reports  required to be filed,  and have paid all
Federal  and other  material  taxes,  assessments,  fees and other  governmental
charges  levied  or  imposed  upon  them or their  properties,  income or assets
otherwise due and payable,  except those which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the Company or
any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.11 Financial Condition.

     (a) The audited  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  dated  May 28,  1998  and  the  unaudited  consolidated  financial
statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries  dated February 25, 1999, and the
related  consolidated  statements of


                                      -31-
<PAGE>

income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal year or
period ended on such dates:

          (1)  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP  consistently  applied
     throughout the period covered thereby,  except as otherwise expressly noted
     therein;

          (2) fairly  present  the  financial  condition  of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries  as of the date  thereof  and  results of  operations  for the
     period covered thereby; and

          (3) show all material  indebtedness and other  liabilities,  direct or
     contingent, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date
     thereof,   including   liabilities  for  taxes,  material  commitments  and
     Contingent Obligations.

     (b) Since May 28, 1998, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

     5.12 Environmental Matters. The Company and its Subsidiaries conduct in the
ordinary  course of  business a review of the effect of  existing  Environmental
Laws  and  existing  Environmental  Claims  on  its  business,   operations  and
properties,  and as a result thereof the Company has  reasonably  concluded that
such Environmental Laws and Environmental  Claims could not,  individually or in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.13 Regulated  Entities.  None of the Company,  any Person controlling the
Company, or any Subsidiary, is an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the
Investment  Company Act of 1940. The Company is not subject to regulation  under
the Public  Utility  Holding  Company Act of 1935,  the Federal  Power Act,  the
Interstate  Commerce Act, any state public  utilities code, or any other Federal
or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

     5.14 No Burdensome Restrictions.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is
a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation, or subject to any restriction
in any Organization  Document, or any Requirement of Law, which could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.15 Copyrights,  Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. The Company or its
Subsidiaries  own or are licensed or otherwise  have the right to use all of the
patents,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights,   contractual
franchises,  authorizations  and other rights that are reasonably  necessary for
the operation of their respective  businesses,  without conflict with the rights
of any other Person, except to the extent any such conflict could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  To the best  knowledge  of the
Company,  no slogan  or other  advertising  device,  product,  process,  method,
substance,  part or other  material  now  employed,  or now  contemplated  to be
employed, by the Company or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

by any other Person.  No claim or  litigation  regarding any of the foregoing is
pending or threatened, and no patent, invention, device, application,  principle
or any statute,  law, rule,  regulation,  standard or code is pending or, to the
knowledge of the Company,  proposed,  which, in either case, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.16 Subsidiaries.  As of the Closing Date, the Company has no Subsidiaries
other than those specifically disclosed in part (a) of Schedule 5.16 hereto and,
except as  specifically  disclosed in part (b) of Schedule  5.16,  has no equity
investments in any other corporation or entity, which, as to any one corporation
or entity, are equal to or greater than 20% of the aggregate ownership interests
in such  corporation  or entity or the value of which equity  investments in any
one corporation or entity is equal to or greater than $100,000.

     5.17  Insurance.  The  properties of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  are
insured with financially sound and reputable  insurance companies not Affiliates
of the Company,  in such amounts,  with such deductibles and covering such risks
as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning
similar properties in localities where the Company or such Subsidiary operates.

     5.18 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by the
Company  or  any   Subsidiary  in  the  Loan  Documents  as  of  the  date  such
representations  and  warranties  are  made  or  deemed  made,  and  none of the
statements contained in any exhibit,  report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Company or any  Subsidiary  in  connection  with the Loan
Documents  (including the offering and disclosure  materials  delivered by or on
behalf of the  Company to the Banks  prior to the Closing  Date),  contains  any
untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or delivered.

     5.19 Year 2000 Problem. (a) The Company and its Subsidiaries are taking all
necessary and appropriate  steps to ascertain the extent of, and to quantify and
successfully  address,  business and financial  risks facing the Company and its
Subsidiaries as a result of the Year 2000 problem including risks resulting from
the failure of key vendors and customers of the Company and its  Subsidiaries to
successfully  address the "Year 2000 problem" (that is, the inability of certain
computers,  as well as embedded  microchips in non computing devices, to perform
properly  date  sensitive  functions  with respect to certain dates prior to and
after  December 31, 1999) and (b) the Company's and its  Subsidiaries'  material
computer  applications  and those of its key vendors and  customers  will,  on a
timely basis, adequately address the Year 2000 problem in all material respects.

     5.20 Subsidiary Indebtedness.  No Subsidiary has outstanding any Contingent
Obligations with respect to Indebtedness of the Company.


                                      -33-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Bank shall  have any  Commitment  hereunder,  or any Loan or
other Obligation  shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied,  unless the Majority Banks
waive compliance in writing:

     6.1  Financial  Statements.  The Company shall deliver to the Agent and the
Banks, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Banks:

     (a) as soon as available, but not later than 110 days after the end of each
fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
its  Subsidiaries  as at the  end of such  year  and  the  related  consolidated
statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for such
year,  setting  forth  in each  case in  comparative  form the  figures  for the
previous  fiscal year,  and  accompanied  by the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or
another  nationally-recognized  independent public accounting firm ("Independent
Auditor") which report shall state that such consolidated  financial  statements
present  fairly the financial  position for the periods  indicated in conformity
with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years. Such opinion shall not
be qualified or limited  because of a restricted or limited  examination  by the
Independent Auditor of any material portion of the Company's or any Subsidiary's
records;

     (b) as soon as available,  but not later than 60 days after the end of each
of the first three fiscal  quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the unaudited
consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of
such quarter and the related  consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the period  commencing  on the first day and ending on
the last day of such quarter,  and certified by a Responsible  Officer as fairly
presenting,  in accordance  with GAAP (subject to ordinary,  good faith year-end
audit adjustments),  the financial position and the results of operations of the
Company and the Subsidiaries;

     6.2 Certificates; Other Information. The Company shall furnish to the Agent
and the Banks:

     (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial  statements referred to
in  subsections  6.1(a)  and  (b),  a  Compliance   Certificate  executed  by  a
Responsible Officer;

     (b)  promptly,  copies of all  financial  statements  and reports  that the
Company sends to its  shareholders,  and copies of all financial  statements and
regular,  periodical or special reports  (including  Forms 10K, 10Q and 8K) that
the Company or any Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC, any securities
exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and


                                      -34-
<PAGE>


     (c) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial
or  corporate  affairs of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  as the Agent,  at the
request of any Bank, may from time to time request.

     6.3 Notices. The Company shall promptly notify the Agent and each Bank:

     (a) of the  occurrence  of any  Default  or  Event of  Default,  and of the
occurrence  or  existence of any event or  circumstance  that  foreseeably  will
become a Default or Event of Default;

     (b) of any matter  that has  resulted  or may result in a Material  Adverse
Effect,  including (i) breach or  non-performance  of, or any default  under,  a
Contractual  Obligation  of the  Company or any  Subsidiary;  (ii) any  dispute,
litigation,  investigation,  proceeding or suspension between the Company or any
Subsidiary and any Governmental  Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any
material  development in, any litigation or proceeding  affecting the Company or
any Subsidiary; including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

     (c) of the  institution of any steps by any member of the Controlled  Group
or any other Person to terminate  any Pension Plan, or the failure of any member
of the Controlled Group to make a required  contribution to any Pension Plan (if
such failure is sufficient to give rise to a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA)
or to any  Multiemployer  Plan,  or the taking of any action  with  respect to a
Pension Plan which could result in the  requirement  that the Company  furnish a
bond on or other security to the PBGC or such Pension Plan, or the occurrence of
any event with  respect to any Pension  Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan which could
result in the incurrence by any member of the  Controlled  Group of any material
liability,  fine or  penalty  (including  any  claim or  demand  for  withdrawal
liability or partial  withdrawal from any  Multiemployer  Plan), or any material
increase  in  the  contingent  liability  of the  Company  with  respect  to any
post-retirement  Welfare Plan benefit, or any notice that any Multiemployer Plan
is in  reorganization,  that increased  contributions may be required to avoid a
reduction in plan  benefits or the  imposition  of an excise tax,  that any such
plan is or has been funded at a rate less than that  required  under Section 412
of the Code, that any such plan is or may be terminated or that any such plan is
or may become insolvent;

     (d) of any material  change in accounting  policies or financial  reporting
practices by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries.

     Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written  statement
by a Responsible  Officer  setting forth details of the  occurrence  referred to
therein, and stating what action the Company or any affected Subsidiary proposes
to take with  respect  thereto and at what time.  Each notice  under  subsection
6.3(a) shall  describe with  particularity  any and all clauses or provisions of
this  Agreement or other Loan Document that have been (or  foreseeably  will be)
breached or violated.


                                      -35-
<PAGE>


     6.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence,  Etc. The Company shall, and shall
cause each Subsidiary to:

     (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate  existence
and good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation;

     (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental rights,
privileges,  qualifications,  permits,  licenses  and  franchises  necessary  or
desirable  in the  normal  conduct of its  business  except in  connection  with
transactions  permitted by Section 7.3 and sales of assets  permitted by Section
7.2;

     (c) use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of business, to preserve
its business organization and goodwill; and

     (d)  preserve or renew all of its  registered  patents,  trademarks,  trade
names and service  marks,  the  non-preservation  of which could  reasonably  be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.5 Maintenance of Property.  The Company shall  maintain,  and shall cause
each  Subsidiary  to maintain,  and  preserve all its property  which is used or
useful in its business in good working  order and  condition,  ordinary wear and
tear  excepted  and  make  all  necessary   repairs  thereto  and  renewals  and
replacements  thereof  except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.6 Insurance.  The Company shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to  maintain,   with  financially  sound  and  reputable  independent  insurers,
insurance with respect to its properties and business  against loss or damage of
the kinds customarily  insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar
business,  of such types and in such amounts as are  customarily  carried  under
similar circumstances by such other Persons.

     6.7  Payment  of  Obligations.  The  Company  shall,  and shall  cause each
Subsidiary  to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable,  all
their respective obligations and liabilities, including:

     (a) all tax  liabilities,  assessments and  governmental  charges or levies
upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings and adequate  reserves in accordance with GAAP
are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary;


                                      -36-
<PAGE>


     (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its
property; and

     (c) all  indebtedness,  as and when due and  payable,  but  subject  to any
subordination  provisions  contained in any  instrument or agreement  evidencing
such Indebtedness.

     6.8 Compliance  with Laws.  The Company shall comply,  and shall cause each
Subsidiary to comply,  in all material  respects with all Requirements of Law of
any  Governmental   Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  it  or  its  business
(including  the  Federal  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act),  except  as such  may be
contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.

     6.9 Employee Benefit Plans.  The Company shall maintain,  and cause each of
its Subsidiaries to maintain,  each Pension Plan in substantial  compliance with
all applicable requirements of law and regulations.

     6.10 Accounting;  Inspection of Property and Books and Records. The Company
shall maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance
with sound business practices to permit  preparation of financial  statements in
accordance with GAAP consistently  applied,  and to comply with the requirements
of this Agreement and the other Loan  Documents.  The Company shall maintain and
shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain  proper books of record and account,  in
which  full,  true and  correct  entries in  conformity  with GAAP  consistently
applied shall be made of all financial  transactions  and matters  involving the
assets and  business  of the  Company and such  Subsidiary.  The  Company  shall
permit,  and  shall  cause  each  Subsidiary  to  permit,   representatives  and
independent  contractors  of the Agent or any Bank to visit and  inspect  any of
their respective  properties,  to examine their respective corporate,  financial
and operating records,  and make copies thereof or abstracts  therefrom,  and to
discuss their  respective  affairs,  finances and accounts with their respective
directors,  officers, and independent public accountants,  all at the expense of
the Company and at such  reasonable  times during normal  business  hours and as
often as may be  reasonably  desired,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice  to the
Company;  provided,  however,  when an Event of Default  exists the Agent or any
Bank may do any of the  foregoing  at the  expense  of the  Company  at any time
during normal business hours and without advance notice.

     6.11 Environmental Laws. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to, conduct its operations and keep and maintain its property in compliance with
all  Environmental  Laws except to the extent any such  noncompliance  could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.12 Use of Proceeds.  The Company  shall use the proceeds of the Loans for
working capital, capital expenditures, commercial paper backup and other general
corporate purposes not in contravention of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan
Document.


                                      -37-
<PAGE>


     6.13 Contingent  Obligations.  If any Subsidiary  shall have any Contingent
Obligations with respect to any  Indebtedness of the Company,  the Company shall
cause such  Subsidiary to take such actions as are reasonably  necessary,  or as
the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request from time to time, to guarantee the
Obligations.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Bank shall  have any  Commitment  hereunder,  or any Loan or
other Obligation  shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied,  unless the Majority Banks
waive compliance in writing:

     7.1  Limitation  on Liens.  The Company  shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or
suffer  to exist  any Lien  upon or with  respect  to any part of its  property,
whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  other than the following  ("Permitted
Liens"):

     (a) Liens for taxes not  delinquent  or for taxes being  contested  in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings  and as to which adequate  financial  reserves
have been established on the books and records of the Company or any Subsidiary;

     (b) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA)  created and maintained in
the ordinary  course of business  which are not material in the  aggregate,  and
which would not  constitute or result in a Material  Adverse  Effect,  and which
constitute   (i)  pledges  or  deposits  under   worker's   compensation   laws,
unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation,  (ii) good faith deposits in
connection  with bids,  tenders,  contracts  or leases to which the Company or a
Subsidiary  is a party for a purpose  other than  borrowing  money or  obtaining
credit,  including rent security  deposits,  (iii) Liens imposed by law, such as
those of carriers,  warehousemen  and  mechanics,  if payment of the  obligation
secured thereby is not yet due, (iv) Liens securing taxes,  assessments or other
charges or levies of any Governmental Authority not yet subject to penalties for
nonpayment,   and  (v)  pledges  or  deposits  to  secure  public  or  statutory
obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary,  or surety,  customs or appeal bonds
to which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party;

     (c) Liens affecting real property which constitute minor survey  exceptions
or  defects  or  irregularities  in  title,  minor  encumbrances,  easements  or
reservations of, or rights of others for, rights of way, sewers, electric lines,
telegraph and telephone  lines and other  similar  purposes,  or zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of such real property; provided, however, that all of
the foregoing,  in the aggregate, do not at any time materially detract from the
value of said properties or materially  impair their use in the operation of the
businesses of the Company or any Subsidiary;


                                      -38-
<PAGE>


     (d) each Lien  described  in Schedule 7.1 may be suffered to exist upon the
same terms as those  existing on the date  hereof,  but no  extension or renewal
thereof shall be permitted  except for a refinancing  in the ordinary  course of
business  for an amount  not in excess of the  original  amount  subject to such
Lien;

     (e) purchase money Liens upon or in property of the Company or a Subsidiary
acquired  after the Closing  Date;  provided,  however,  that no such Lien shall
extend to or cover any other  property of the Company or a Subsidiary  or secure
an amount in excess of the lesser of the  purchase  price or the market value of
such property; and

     (f)  other  Liens  provided  that  the  aggregate   outstanding  amount  of
Indebtedness secured by all such other Liens shall not exceed $15,000,000 at any
time after the Closing Date.

     7.2  Disposition of Assets.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,  sell, assign,  lease, convey,
transfer or  otherwise  dispose of (whether in one or a series of  transactions)
any property (including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse)
or enter into any agreement to do any of the  foregoing,  except:  (a) inventory
sold in the ordinary course of business upon customary credit terms and sales of
obsolete or damaged  material or  equipment,  (b) sales of assets in  connection
with sale-leaseback  transactions in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 and (c)
other sales of assets not to exceed 10% of the consolidated  total assets of the
Company and its  Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of the Company ending after the
Closing  Date;  except  that (x) any  Subsidiary  may sell,  lease,  transfer or
otherwise dispose of its assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary;  and (y)
the Company may sell,  lease,  transfer or otherwise dispose of assets in excess
of the  limitations  set forth  above if the  proceeds  thereof  (i) are used to
purchase or are committed to purchase  other  property of a similar nature of at
least  equivalent value within one year of such sale,  lease,  transfer or other
disposition or (ii) are used to prepay Senior Indebtedness (including the Loans)
on a pro-rata basis.

     7.3 Merger; Purchase of Assets;  Acquisitions;  Etc. The Company shall not,
and shall not suffer or permit any Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise  acquire,
whether in one or a series of transactions,  all or a substantial portion of the
business,  assets,  rights,  revenues  or  property,  real,  personal  or mixed,
tangible or intangible,  of any Person,  or all or a substantial  portion of the
capital stock of or other ownership  interest in any other Person;  nor merge or
consolidate or amalgamate  with any other Person or take any other action having
a similar effect,  nor enter into any Joint Venture or similar  arrangement with
any other Person;  provided,  however,  that this Section 7.3 shall not prohibit
any Acquisition by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries of any Person engaged
in  substantially  the same business as the Company or such Subsidiary if (a) in
the case of an  Acquisition of stock or a merger,  the acquired  Person shall be
immediately  merged with and into the Company or such Subsidiary  which shall be
the  surviving  corporation,  and (b)  immediately  after such  Acquisition,  no
Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall have occurred and be continuing
and,  prior to the  consummation  of such  Acquisition,  the Company  shall have
provided to the Bank


                                      -39-
<PAGE>

a certificate of a Responsible  Officer  (attaching  computations to demonstrate
compliance with all financial covenants hereunder) stating that such Acquisition
complies  with this Section 7.3 and will not cause a Default or Event of Default
to occur or continue and that any other  conditions under this Agreement and the
other Loan  Documents  relating to such  transaction  have been  satisfied;  and
provided,  further,  that this  Section  7.3 shall not  prohibit  any  merger or
consolidation solely between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries,  so long
as the Company is the surviving person of such merger or consolidation.

     7.4 Loans and  Investments.  The Company  shall not and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to make or commit to make any Investment,  other than: (a)
Investments in Cash Equivalents;  (b) Investments in its existing  Subsidiaries;
(c)  Investments  in new  Subsidiaries  consisting  of  partnerships  or limited
liability  companies  engaged in the business of owning and operating  hotels or
motels, movie theaters or restaurants;  (d) loans or advances to franchisees not
to exceed  $10,000,000,  on a consolidated  basis,  in the aggregate at any time
after the Closing Date; (e) Investments listed in the attached Schedule 7.4, (f)
Investments  (excluding  contingent  liabilities)  to  owners of  properties  or
businesses managed by the Company or a Subsidiary not to exceed $15,000,000,  on
a consolidated  basis,  in the aggregate at any time after the Closing Date; (g)
Investments,  consisting of contingent  liabilities,  to owners of properties or
businesses managed by the Company or a Subsidiary not to exceed $10,000,000,  on
a consolidated  basis,  in the aggregate at any time after the Closing Date; and
(h)  other  Investments   (including  contingent   liabilities)  not  to  exceed
$3,000,000  on a  consolidated  basis,  in the  aggregate  at any time after the
Closing Date.

     7.5 Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness. The Company shall not permit any
Subsidiary to create,  incur,  assume,  suffer to exist, or otherwise  become or
remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any  Indebtedness,  except
Indebtedness,  such when added to the  Indebtedness  secured by Liens  permitted
under Sections 7.1(d), (e) and (f) shall not exceed 5% of Total Capitalization.

     7.6  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  The Company  shall not, and shall not
suffer  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  enter  into any  transaction  with any
Affiliate  of the  Company,  except  upon  fair  and  reasonable  terms  no less
favorable  to the Company or such  Subsidiary  than would obtain in a comparable
arm's-length  transaction  with a Person not an Affiliate of the Company or such
Subsidiary.

     7.7 Use of Proceeds.  The Company shall not, and shall not suffer or permit
any Subsidiary to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds, directly or indirectly,
(i) to purchase or carry  Margin  Stock,  (ii) to repay or  otherwise  refinance
indebtedness  of the Company or others  incurred  to  purchase  or carry  Margin
Stock,  (iii) to extend  credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  any
Margin Stock, or (iv) to acquire any security in any transaction that is subject
to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.


                                      -40-
<PAGE>


     7.8  Restricted  Payments.  The Company  shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  declare  or make  any  dividend  payment  or other
distribution of assets,  properties,  cash, rights, obligations or securities on
account of any shares of any class of its capital stock, or purchase,  redeem or
otherwise  acquire  for value any shares of its capital  stock or any  warrants,
rights or options to acquire such shares,  now or  hereafter  outstanding,  if a
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing or would result from
any of the foregoing.

     7.9 Change in  Business.  The  Company  shall not,  and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, change the nature of its business from that engaged in
on the date hereof or engage in any other  businesses  other than those in which
it is engaged on the date hereof or other than those related thereto.

     7.10  Accounting  Changes.  The Company  shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or
reporting  practices,  except as required by GAAP,  or change the fiscal year of
the Company or of any Subsidiary.

     7.11 Funded Debt Ratio. The Company shall not permit or suffer the ratio of
Funded Debt to Total Capitalization to exceed at any time 0.55 to 1.0.

     7.12 Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio.  The Company shall not permit or suffer
the ratio at any fiscal quarter end for the four fiscal  quarters then ending of
Adjusted  Consolidated  Cash Flow to Interest and Rental Expense to be less than
3.0 to 1.0.

     7.13 Subsidiary Dividends.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary  to, enter into any agreement  that would restrict the ability of any
Subsidiary to pay dividends.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     8.1 Event of Default.  Any of the following  shall  constitute an "Event of
Default":

     (a)  Non-Payment.  The Company fails to pay, (i) when and as required to be
paid  herein,  any amount of  principal  of any Loan,  or (ii) within three days
after the same  becomes  due,  any  interest,  fee or any other  amount  payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

     (b)  Representation  or  Warranty.  Any  representation  or warranty by the
Company  or any  Subsidiary  made or  deemed  made  herein,  in any  other  Loan
Document,  or which is  contained in any  certificate,  document or financial or
other  statement by the Company,  any Subsidiary,  or any


                                      -41-
<PAGE>

Responsible Officer,  furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under
any other Loan  Document,  is incorrect in any material  respect on or as of the
date made or deemed made; or

     (c) Specific  Defaults.  The Company  fails to perform or observe any term,
covenant or agreement  contained in any of Section 6.1,  6.2,  6.3,  6.4, 6.9 or
6.12 or in Article VII; or

     (d) Other  Defaults.  The Company or any Subsidiary  party thereto fails to
perform or observe any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document,  and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of
30 days after the earlier of (i) the date upon which a Responsible  Officer knew
or  reasonably  should  have  known of such  failure or (ii) the date upon which
written notice thereof is given to the Company by the Agent or any Bank; or

     (e)  Cross-Default.  The  Company or any  Subsidiary  (i) fails to make any
payment  in respect  of any  Indebtedness  or  Contingent  Obligation  having an
aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and
including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit
arrangement) of more than  $5,000,000  when due (whether by scheduled  maturity,
required  prepayment,  acceleration,  demand,  or  otherwise)  and such  failure
continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any,  specified in the
relevant  document  on the date of such  failure;  or (ii)  fails to  perform or
observe  any other  condition  or  covenant,  or any other  event shall occur or
condition  exist,  under  any  agreement  or  instrument  relating  to any  such
Indebtedness  or Contingent  Obligation,  and such failure  continues  after the
applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the relevant document on
the date of such failure if the effect of such failure, event or condition is to
cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or
beneficiaries  of such  Indebtedness  (or a  trustee  or agent on behalf of such
holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause such Indebtedness to
be  declared  to be due  and  payable  prior  to its  stated  maturity,  or such
Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to
be demanded; or

     (f) Insolvency;  Voluntary  Proceedings.  The Company or any Subsidiary (i)
ceases or fails to be solvent,  or generally  fails to pay, or admits in writing
its inability to pay, its debts as they become due,  subject to applicable grace
periods,  if any,  whether at stated  maturity or  otherwise;  (ii)  voluntarily
ceases to conduct its  business in the  ordinary  course;  (iii)  commences  any
Insolvency  Proceeding  with  respect  to  itself;  or (iv)  takes any action to
effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

     (g) Involuntary  Proceedings.  (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is
commenced or filed against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any writ, judgment,
warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against
a substantial part of the Company's or any Subsidiary's properties, and any such
proceeding or petition shall not be


                                      -42-
<PAGE>

dismissed, or such writ, judgment,  warrant of attachment,  execution or similar
process  shall not be  released,  vacated or fully  bonded  within 60 days after
commencement,  filing or levy;  (ii) the  Company or any  Subsidiary  admits the
material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency  Proceeding,  or
an order for relief (or  similar  order  under  non-U.S.  law) is ordered in any
Insolvency Proceeding;  or (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary acquiesces in the
appointment  of  a  receiver,  trustee,  custodian,   conservator,   liquidator,
mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor),  or other similar Person for itself
or a substantial portion of its property or business; or

     (h)  [Pension  Plans.  (i)  Institution  of any steps by the Company or any
other Person to terminate a Pension Plan if as a result of such  termination the
Company could be required to make a contribution  to such Pension Plan, or could
incur  a  liability  or   obligation   to  such  Pension   Plan,  in  excess  of
[$10,000,000];  (ii) a  contribution  failure occurs with respect to any Pension
Plan  sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA;  or (iii)
there shall occur any withdrawal or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan
and the withdrawal liability (without unaccrued interest) to Multiemployer Plans
as a result of such withdrawal  (including any outstanding  withdrawal liability
that the  Company  and the  Controlled  Group have  incurred on the date of such
withdrawal) exceeds [$10,000,000];] or

     (i)  Monetary   Judgments.   One  or  more   non-interlocutory   judgments,
non-interlocutory  orders,  decrees or arbitration awards is entered against the
Company or any Subsidiary  involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent
not covered by  independent  third-party  insurance as to which the insurer does
not  dispute  coverage)  as to any  single or  related  series of  transactions,
incidents  or  conditions,  of  $10,000,000  or more,  and the same shall remain
unvacated  and unstayed  pending  appeal for a period of 30 days after the entry
thereof; or

     (j) Non-Monetary Judgments.  Any non-monetary judgment,  order or decree is
entered against the Company or any Subsidiary  which does or would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,  and there shall be any period of 30
consecutive  days during which a stay of  enforcement of such judgment or order,
by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

     (k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

     (l) Loss of Licenses.  The Company or any  Subsidiary  for any reason loses
any material  license,  permit or  franchise,  or the Company or any  Subsidiary
suffers the imposition of any restraining order,  escrow,  suspension or impound
of funds in connection  with any proceeding  (judicial or  administrative)  with
respect to any material license, permit or franchise; or

     (m) Adverse Change. There occurs a Material Adverse Effect.


                                      -43-
<PAGE>


     8.2  Remedies.  If any Event of Default  occurs,  the Agent  shall,  at the
request of, or may, with the consent of, the Majority Banks,

     (a) declare  the  commitment  of each Bank to make Loans to be  terminated,
whereupon such commitments shall be terminated;

     (b) declare  the unpaid  principal  amount of all  outstanding  Loans,  all
interest  accrued and unpaid  thereon,  and all other  amounts  owing or payable
hereunder or under any other Loan  Document to be  immediately  due and payable,
without presentment,  demand,  protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by the Company; and

     (c)  exercise  on behalf of itself and the Banks all  rights  and  remedies
available to it and the Banks under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection
(f) or (g) of Section 8.1 (in the case of clause (i) of subsection  (g) upon the
expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein),  the obligation of each Bank
to make Loans shall  automatically  terminate and the unpaid principal amount of
all  outstanding  Loans and all  interest and other  amounts as aforesaid  shall
automatically  become due and  payable  without  further act of the Agent or any
Bank.

     8.3 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for in this Agreement and the
other Loan  Documents are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights,
powers,  privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other
instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT

     9.1 Appointment and Authorization. Each Bank hereby irrevocably (subject to
Section 9.9)  appoints,  designates and authorizes the Agent to take such action
on its  behalf  under the  provisions  of this  Agreement  and each  other  Loan
Document and to exercise  such powers and perform  such duties as are  expressly
delegated  to it by the  terms of this  Agreement  or any other  Loan  Document,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding
any provision to the contrary  contained  elsewhere in this  Agreement or in any
other Loan  Document,  the Agent shall not have any duties or  responsibilities,
except those  expressly set forth herein,  nor shall the Agent have or be deemed
to have any  fiduciary  relationship  with any Bank,  and no implied  covenants,
functions,  responsibilities,  duties,  obligations or liabilities shall be read
into this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document or otherwise  exist against the
Agent.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>


     9.2  Delegation  of Duties.  The Agent may execute any of its duties  under
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document by or through  agents,  employees or
attorneys-in-fact  and shall be  entitled  to advice of counsel  concerning  all
matters  pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible  for the
negligence or misconduct of any agent or  attorney-in-fact  that it selects with
reasonable care.

     9.3  Liability of Agent.  None of the  Agent-Related  Persons  shall (i) be
liable  for any  action  taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in
connection  with this  Agreement or any other Loan Document or the  transactions
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct),
or (ii) be  responsible  in any  manner  to any of the  Banks  for any  recital,
statement,  representation  or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement or
in any other Loan Document,  or in any certificate,  report,  statement or other
document  referred to or  provided  for in, or received by the Agent under or in
connection  with,  this Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  or the validity,
effectiveness,  genuineness,  enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or for any failure of the Company or any other party to
any Loan  Document  to perform  its  obligations  hereunder  or  thereunder.  No
Agent-Related  Person shall be under any  obligation to any Bank to ascertain or
to  inquire  as to the  observance  or  performance  of  any  of the  agreements
contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to
inspect the properties,  books or records of the Company or any of the Company's
Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

     9.4  Reliance by Agent.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely,  and shall be
fully  protected in relying,  upon any  writing,  resolution,  notice,  consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message,
statement  or other  document or  conversation  believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed,  sent or made by the proper  Person or Persons,
and upon  advice  and  statements  of legal  counsel  (including  counsel to the
Company),  independent  accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The
Agent shall be fully  justified  in failing or refusing to take any action under
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  unless it shall first  receive such
advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it deems  appropriate  and, if it
so requests,  it shall first be  indemnified  to its  satisfaction  by the Banks
against any and all  liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agent shall in all cases be
fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document in accordance  with a request or consent of the Majority
Banks and such request and any action  taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto
shall be binding upon all of the Banks.

     (a) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in
Section 4.1, each Bank that has executed this Agreement  shall be deemed to have
consented  to,  approved or accepted or to be satisfied  with,  each document or
other  matter  either  sent by the  Agent to such  Bank for  consent,  approval,
acceptance  or  satisfaction,  or  required  thereunder  to be  consented  to or
approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Bank.


                                      -45-
<PAGE>


     9.5 Notice of Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have  knowledge or
notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect
to defaults in the payment of  principal,  interest and fees required to be paid
to the Agent for the account of the Banks,  unless the Agent shall have received
written  notice  from a  Bank  or  the  Company  referring  to  this  Agreement,
describing  such  Default or Event of Default and stating  that such notice is a
"notice of default".  The Agent will notify the Banks of its receipt of any such
notice.  The Agent shall take such action with  respect to such Default or Event
of Default as may be requested by the Majority Banks in accordance  with Article
VIII; provided,  however,  that unless and until the Agent has received any such
request,  the Agent may (but shall not be  obligated  to) take such  action,  or
refrain  from  taking  such  action,  with  respect to such  Default or Event of
Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Banks.

     9.6 Credit Decision.  Each Bank acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related
Persons  has made any  representation  or warranty to it, and that no act by the
Agent hereinafter taken,  including any review of the affairs of the Company and
its Subsidiaries,  shall be deemed to constitute any  representation or warranty
by any Agent-Related  Person to any Bank. Each Bank represents to the Agent that
it has,  independently  and without reliance upon any  Agent-Related  Person and
based on such documents and information as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its
own appraisal of and  investigation  into the business,  prospects,  operations,
property,  financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and
its  Subsidiaries,  and all  applicable  bank  regulatory  laws  relating to the
transactions  contemplated  hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this
Agreement  and to  extend  credit  to the  Company  hereunder.  Each  Bank  also
represents  that  it  will,   independently   and  without   reliance  upon  any
Agent-Related  Person and based on such  documents and  information  as it shall
deem  appropriate  at the  time,  continue  to  make  its own  credit  analysis,
appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents,  and to make such investigations as it deems necessary
to inform itself as to the business, prospects,  operations, property, financial
and other  condition and  creditworthiness  of the Company.  Except for notices,
reports and other  documents  expressly  herein  required to be furnished to the
Banks by the  Agent,  the  Agent  shall not have any duty or  responsibility  to
provide any Bank with any credit or other  information  concerning the business,
prospects,    operations,   property,   financial   and   other   condition   or
creditworthiness of the Company which may come into the possession of any of the
Agent-Related Persons.

     9.7  Indemnification.  Whether or not the transactions  contemplated hereby
are consummated, the Banks shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related Persons
(to the  extent  not  reimbursed  by or on behalf  of the  Company  and  without
limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), pro rata, from and against any
and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, however, that no Bank shall be liable
for the payment to the Agent-Related  Persons of any portion of such Indemnified
Liabilities  resulting  solely from such  Person's  gross  negligence or willful
misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing,  each Bank shall reimburse the
Agent upon demand for its


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket  expenses (including Attorney Costs)
incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,  execution,  delivery,
administration,   modification,   amendment  or  enforcement   (whether  through
negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or responsibilities  under, this Agreement,  any other Loan Document,  or
any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent
is not  reimbursed  for  such  expenses  by or on  behalf  of the  Company.  The
undertaking  in this  Section  shall  survive  the  payment  of all  Obligations
hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

     9.8 Agent in Individual  Capacity.  Bank of America and its  Affiliates may
make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from,
acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking,  trust,
financial  advisory,  underwriting  or other  business  with the Company and its
Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates  as  though  Bank of  America  were not the  Agent
hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Banks.  The Banks  acknowledge
that, pursuant to such activities, Bank of America or its Affiliates may receive
information regarding the Company or its Affiliates (including  information that
may be subject to  confidentiality  obligations  in favor of the Company or such
Subsidiary)  and  acknowledge  that the Agent  shall be under no  obligation  to
provide such  information  to them.  With respect to its Loans,  Bank of America
shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and
may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent,  and the terms "Bank" and
"Banks" include Bank of America in its individual capacity.

     9.9  Successor  Agent.  The Agent may,  and at the request of the  Majority
Banks  shall,  resign as Agent upon 30 days'  notice to the Banks.  If the Agent
resigns under this  Agreement,  the Majority  Banks shall appoint from among the
Banks a successor  agent for the Banks. If no successor agent is appointed prior
to the effective date of the  resignation  of the Agent,  the Agent may appoint,
after  consulting  with the Banks and the Company,  a successor agent from among
the Banks.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder,
such successor  agent shall succeed to all the rights,  powers and duties of the
retiring  Agent and the term  "Agent"  shall mean such  successor  agent and the
retiring  Agent's  appointment,  powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated.
After any retiring  Agent's  resignation  hereunder as Agent,  the provisions of
this Article IX and Sections  10.4 and 10.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any
actions  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it  while  it was  Agent  under  this
Agreement.  If no successor agent has accepted  appointment as Agent by the date
which is 30 days  following  a  retiring  Agent's  notice  of  resignation,  the
retiring Agent's  resignation shall nevertheless  thereupon become effective and
the Banks  shall  perform  all of the duties of the Agent  hereunder  until such
time, if any, as the Majority  Banks  appoint a successor  agent as provided for
above.

     9.10 Withholding Tax.

     (a) If any Bank is a "foreign corporation, partnership or trust" within the
meaning of the Code and such Bank claims exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S.
withholding  tax under


                                      -47-
<PAGE>

Sections  1441 or 1442 of the Code,  such Bank  agrees  with and in favor of the
Agent, to deliver to the Agent:

          (1) if  such  Bank  claims  an  exemption  from,  or a  reduction  of,
     withholding  tax under a United States tax treaty,  properly  completed IRS
     Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first calendar
     year and  before  the  payment of any  interest  in each  third  succeeding
     calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

          (2) if such Bank claims that  interest  paid under this  Agreement  is
     exempt  from  United  States  withholding  tax  because  it is  effectively
     connected with a United States trade or business of such Bank, two properly
     completed  and  executed  copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment of any
     interest  is due in the  first  taxable  year  of  such  Bank  and in  each
     succeeding  taxable  year of such Bank during  which  interest  may be paid
     under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and

          (3) such  other  form or forms as may be  required  under  the Code or
     other  laws of the United  States as a  condition  to  exemption  from,  or
     reduction of, United States withholding tax.

Such Bank  agrees to  promptly  notify the Agent of any change in  circumstances
which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

     (b) If any Bank claims  exemption  from, or reduction of,  withholding  tax
under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Bank sells,
assigns,  grants a participation  in, or otherwise  transfers all or part of the
Obligations of the Company to such Bank, such Bank agrees to notify the Agent of
the  percentage  amount  in  which  it is no  longer  the  beneficial  owner  of
Obligations  of the  Company  to such  Bank.  To the  extent of such  percentage
amount, the Agent will treat such Bank's IRS Form 1001 as no longer valid.

     (c) If any Bank claiming  exemption from United States  withholding  tax by
filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells,  assigns,  grants a participation in,
or otherwise  transfers  all or part of the  Obligations  of the Company to such
Bank, such Bank agrees to undertake sole  responsibility  for complying with the
withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

     (d) If any Bank is entitled to a reduction  in the  applicable  withholding
tax,  the Agent may withhold  from any  interest  payment to such Bank an amount
equivalent  to the  applicable  withholding  tax after  taking into account such
reduction.  If the forms or other  documentation  required by subsection  (a) of
this Section are not  delivered to the Agent,  then the Agent may


                                      -48-
<PAGE>

withhold  from any  interest  payment to such Bank not  providing  such forms or
other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

     (e) If the IRS or any other Governmental  Authority of the United States or
other jurisdiction  asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly withhold tax
from  amounts paid to or for the account of any Bank  (because  the  appropriate
form was not delivered,  was not properly executed,  or because such Bank failed
to notify the Agent of a change in  circumstances  which  rendered the exemption
from, or reduction of,  withholding  tax  ineffective,  or for any other reason)
such Bank shall  indemnify  the Agent  fully for all amounts  paid,  directly or
indirectly, by the Agent as tax or otherwise,  including penalties and interest,
and including any taxes imposed by any  jurisdiction  on the amounts  payable to
the Agent under this Section,  together  with all costs and expenses  (including
Attorney Costs). The obligation of the Banks under this subsection shall survive
the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

     9.11  Documentation  Agent. None of the Banks identified on the facing page
or signature pages of this Agreement as a  "documentation  agent" shall have any
right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement
other  than  those  applicable  to all  Banks  as  such.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, none of the Banks so identified as a "documentation agent" shall have
or be  deemed  to have any  fiduciary  relationship  with any  Bank.  Each  Bank
acknowledges  that it has not relied,  and will not rely, on any of the Banks so
identified  in deciding to enter into this  Agreement or in taking or not taking
action hereunder.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     10.1  Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any  provision of
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  and no consent with respect to any
departure  by the  Company  or any  applicable  Subsidiary  therefrom,  shall be
effective  unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority  Banks
(or by the Agent at the written  request of the Majority  Banks) and the Company
and  acknowledged  by the Agent,  and then any such  waiver or consent  shall be
effective only in the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose for which
given;  provided,  however,  that no such waiver,  amendment,  or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by all the Banks and the  Company and  acknowledged
by the Agent, do any of the following:

     (a) increase  (except as provided in Section 2.5) or extend the  Commitment
of any Bank (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.2);


                                      -49-
<PAGE>


     (b)  postpone or delay any date for any  scheduled  payment of principal or
any date for payment of interest, fees or other amounts due to the Banks (or any
of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

     (c) reduce the  principal of, or the rate of interest  specified  herein on
any Loan,  or (subject to clause (ii) below) any fees or other  amounts  payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

     (d) change the  percentage of the  Commitments  or of the aggregate  unpaid
principal  amount of the Loans which is required for the Banks or any of them to
take any action hereunder; or

     (e) amend this Section,  or Section 2.13, or any provision herein providing
for consent or other action by all Banks;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing  and signed by the Agent in addition  to the  Majority  Banks or all the
Banks,  as the case may be,  affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or
rights or privileges  thereunder  waived,  in a writing  executed by the parties
thereto.

     10.2 Notices.

     (a) All  notices,  requests  and other  communications  shall be in writing
(including,  unless the  context  expressly  otherwise  provides,  by  facsimile
transmission,  provided that any matter  transmitted by the Company by facsimile
(i) shall be  immediately  confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the
number  specified  on  Schedule  10.2,  and (ii) shall be  followed  promptly by
delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed or delivered, to the
address or  facsimile  number  specified  for notices on Schedule  10.2;  or, as
directed  to the  Company  or the  Agent,  to such  other  address  as  shall be
designated  by such  party in a  written  notice to the  other  parties,  and as
directed to any other party,  at such other  address as shall be  designated  by
such party in a written notice to the Company and the Agent.

     (b) All such notices,  requests and communications  shall, when transmitted
by overnight  delivery,  or faxed,  be effective  when  delivered  for overnight
(next-day)  delivery,  or  transmitted  in legible  form by  facsimile  machine,
respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited
into the U.S. mail, or if delivered, upon delivery; except that notices pursuant
to Article II or IX shall not be effective until actually received by the Agent.


                                      -50-
<PAGE>


     (c) Any  agreement  of the Agent and the Banks  herein to  receive  certain
notices by  telephone  or  facsimile  is solely for the  convenience  and at the
request of the Company. The Agent and the Banks shall be entitled to rely on the
authority of any Person  purporting to be a Person  authorized by the Company to
give such notice and the Agent and the Banks shall not have any liability to the
Company or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Agent
or the  Banks  in  reliance  upon  such  telephonic  or  facsimile  notice.  The
obligation of the Company to repay the Loans shall not be affected in any way or
to any  extent by any  failure  by the Agent  and the Banks to  receive  written
confirmation  of any telephonic or facsimile  notice or the receipt by the Agent
and the Banks of a confirmation  which is at variance with the terms  understood
by the  Agent and the  Banks to be  contained  in the  telephonic  or  facsimile
notice.

     10.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising,  on the part of the Agent or any Bank, any right,  remedy,  power or
privilege hereunder,  shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any
other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  remedy,
power or privilege.

     10.4 Costs and Expenses. The Company shall:

     (a) whether or not the  transactions  contemplated  hereby are consummated,
pay or reimburse  Bank of America  (including  in its capacity as Agent) and the
Sole Arranger  within ten days after demand  (subject to subsection  4.1(e)) for
all costs and expenses incurred by Bank of America (including in its capacity as
Agent) and the Sole Arranger in connection  with the  development,  preparation,
delivery, administration and execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver
or modification to (in each case,  whether or not consummated),  this Agreement,
any Loan Document and any other  documents  prepared in  connection  herewith or
therewith,  and the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
thereby,  including  reasonable  Attorney  Costs  incurred  by Bank  of  America
(including in its capacity as Agent) and the Sole Arranger with respect thereto;
and

     (b) pay or reimburse the Agent,  the Sole Arranger and each Bank within ten
days after  demand  (subject to  subsection  4.1(e)) for all costs and  expenses
(including  Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the enforcement,
attempted  enforcement,  or  preservation  of any rights or remedies  under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default
or after  acceleration of the Loans  (including in connection with any "workout"
or restructuring regarding the Loans, and including in any Insolvency Proceeding
or appellate proceeding).

     10.5 Indemnity.  Whether or not the  transactions  contemplated  hereby are
consummated, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Agent-Related Persons, and
each Bank and each of its respective officers,  directors,  employees,  counsel,
agents and attorneys-in-fact (each,


                                      -51-
<PAGE>

an  "Indemnified  Person")  harmless  from and against any and all  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
charges,  expenses and disbursements  (including  Attorney Costs) of any kind or
nature  whatsoever  which  may at any  time  (including  at any  time  following
repayment of the Loans and the  termination,  resignation  or replacement of the
Agent or replacement of any Bank) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against
any such Person in any way  relating to or arising out of this  Agreement or any
document contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated
hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in connection
with  any  of the  foregoing,  including  with  respect  to  any  investigation,
litigation  or  proceeding  (including  any  Insolvency  Proceeding or appellate
proceeding)  related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Loans or the use
of the  proceeds  thereof,  whether  or not any  Indemnified  Person  is a party
thereto  (all  the  foregoing,  collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Liabilities");
provided, that the Company shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified
Person with respect to Indemnified  Liabilities  resulting solely from the gross
negligence or willful  misconduct of such Indemnified  Person. The agreements in
this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

     10.6 Payments Set Aside.  To the extent that the Company makes a payment to
the  Agent or the  Banks,  or the  Agent or the Banks  exercise  their  right of
set-off,  and such  payment or the  proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof
are subsequently  invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent or  preferential,  set
aside or required  (including  pursuant to any  settlement  entered  into by the
Agent or such Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any
other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a)
to the  extent  of such  recovery  the  obligation  or part  thereof  originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not  occurred,  and (b)
each Bank severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its pro rata share of
any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

     10.7  Successors and Assigns.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors  and assigns,  except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement  without the prior  written
consent of the Agent and each Bank.

     10.8 Assignments, Participations, Etc.

     (a) Any Bank may,  with the  written  consent  of the  Company at all times
other than  during the  existence  of an Event of Default  and the Agent,  which
consents shall not be unreasonably  withheld, at any time assign and delegate to
one or more Eligible Assignees  (provided that no written consent of the Company
or the Agent shall be required in connection  with any assignment and delegation
by a Bank to an Eligible  Assignee  that is an  Affiliate of such Bank) (each an
"Assignee")  all, or any ratable part of all, of the Loans,  the Commitments and
the other rights and obligations of such Bank hereunder,  in a minimum amount of
$10,000,000;  provided,  however, that


                                      -52-
<PAGE>

the Company and the Agent may  continue  to deal solely and  directly  with such
Bank in  connection  with the  interest so  assigned  to an  Assignee  until (i)
written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses
and related  information with respect to the Assignee,  shall have been given to
the Company and the Agent by such Bank and the Assignee;  (ii) such Bank and its
Assignee  shall have  delivered to the Company and the Agent an  Assignment  and
Acceptance in the form of Exhibit E ("Assignment  and Acceptance") and (iii) the
assignor  Bank or Assignee has paid to the Agent a processing  fee in the amount
of $3,500 (including, without limitation, in connection with any assignment by a
Bank to a Bank).

     (b) From and after the date that the Agent  notifies the assignor Bank that
it has  received  (and  provided  its  consent  with  respect  to)  an  executed
Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the  above-referenced  processing  fee,
(i) the  Assignee  thereunder  shall be a party  hereto  and, to the extent that
rights and  obligations  hereunder  have been  assigned  to it  pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Bank under
the Loan Documents,  and (ii) the assignor Bank shall, to the extent that rights
and obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned
by it pursuant to such Assignment and  Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

     (c) Within five Business Days after its receipt of notice by the Agent that
it has  received  an  executed  Assignment  and  Acceptance  and  payment of the
processing  fee, (and provided that it consents to such assignment in accordance
with  subsection  10.8(a)),  the Company shall execute and deliver to the Agent,
new Notes  evidencing such Assignee's  assigned Loans and Commitment and, if the
assignor  Bank  has  retained  a  portion  of  its  Loans  and  its  Commitment,
replacement  Notes in the principal amount of the Loans retained by the assignor
Bank (such Notes to be in exchange for, but not in payment of, the Notes held by
such Bank).  Immediately upon each Assignee's  making its processing fee payment
under  the  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  this  Agreement  shall be deemed to be
amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition
of  the  Assignee  and  the  resulting  adjustment  of the  Commitments  arising
therefrom.   The  Commitment  allocated  to  each  Assignee  shall  reduce  such
Commitments of the assigning Bank pro tanto.

     (d) Any Bank may at any time sell to one or more commercial  banks or other
Persons not Affiliates of the Company (a "Participant")  participating interests
in any Loans,  the Commitment of that Bank and the other  interests of that Bank
(the "originating Bank") hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided,
however,  that (i) the originating Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall
remain unchanged,  (ii) the originating Bank shall remain solely responsible for
the  performance  of such  obligations,  (iii) the  Company  and the Agent shall
continue to deal solely and directly  with the  originating  Bank in  connection
with the originating  Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and (iv) no Bank shall transfer or grant any participating
interest under which the  Participant has rights to approve any amendment to, or
any  consent  or waiver  with  respect  to,  this  Agreement  or any other  Loan
Document,  except


                                      -53-
<PAGE>

to the extent such amendment,  consent or waiver would require unanimous consent
of the Banks as described in the first  proviso to Section  10.1. In the case of
any such  participation,  the  Participant  shall be  entitled to the benefit of
Sections  3.1,  3.3 and 10.5 as  though it were  also a Bank  hereunder,  and if
amounts  outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been
declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default,  each  Participant  shall be  deemed to have the  right of  set-off  in
respect of its  participating  interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to
the same  extent  as if the  amount of its  participating  interest  were  owing
directly to it as a Bank under this Agreement.

     (e) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement,  any Bank may at
any time  create a security  interest  in, or pledge,  all or any portion of its
rights under and interest in this  Agreement and the Note held by it in favor of
any Federal  Reserve  Bank in  accordance  with  Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury  Regulation 31 CFR '203.14,  and such Federal  Reserve Bank may enforce
such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

     10.9 Confidentiality.  Each Bank agrees to take and to cause its Affiliates
to take normal and reasonable  precautions and exercise due care to maintain the
confidentiality  of all information  identified as "confidential" or "secret" by
the Company and provided to it by the Company or any Subsidiary, or by the Agent
on such Company's or Subsidiary's behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document,  and  neither  it  nor  any of  its  Affiliates  shall  use  any  such
information  other than in connection  with or in  enforcement of this Agreement
and the other  Loan  Documents  or in  connection  with  other  business  now or
hereafter existing or contemplated with the Company or any Subsidiary; except to
the extent such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public
other  than as a result  of  disclosure  by the  Bank,  or (ii)  was or  becomes
available  on a  non-confidential  basis from a source  other than the  Company,
provided that such source is not bound by a  confidentiality  agreement with the
Company known to the Bank;  provided,  however,  that any Bank may disclose such
information   (A)  at  the  request  or  pursuant  to  any  requirement  of  any
Governmental  Authority  to which the Bank is subject or in  connection  with an
examination  of such Bank by any such  authority;  (B)  pursuant  to subpoena or
other  court  process;  (C)  when  required  to  do so in  accordance  with  the
provisions of any applicable  Requirement  of Law; (D) to the extent  reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to which the Agent, any
Bank or their respective  Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent  reasonably
required in  connection  with the exercise of any remedy  hereunder or under any
other  Loan  Document;  (F)  to  such  Bank's  independent  auditors  and  other
professional advisors; (G) to any Participant or Assignee,  actual or potential,
provided  that  such  Person   agrees  in  writing  to  keep  such   information
confidential to the same extent required of the Banks  hereunder;  (H) as to any
Bank or its  Affiliate,  as  expressly  permitted  under  the terms of any other
document  or  agreement  regarding  confidentiality  to which the Company or any
Subsidiary is party or is deemed party with such Bank or such Affiliate; and (I)
to its Affiliates.


                                      -54-
<PAGE>


     10.10 Set-off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Banks provided
by law, if an Event of Default exists or the Loans have been  accelerated,  each
Bank is  authorized  at any time and from time to time,  without prior notice to
the Company,  any such notice being waived by the Company to the fullest  extent
permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special,
time  or  demand,  provisional  or  final)  at  any  time  held  by,  and  other
indebtedness at any time owing by, such Bank to or for the credit or the account
of the  Company  against  any and all  Obligations  owing to such  Bank,  now or
hereafter existing,  irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such Bank shall
have made demand  under this  Agreement or any Loan  Document and although  such
Obligations may be contingent or unmatured.  Each Bank agrees promptly to notify
the Company and the Agent after any such  set-off and  application  made by such
Bank; provided,  however,  that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
the validity of such set-off and application.

     10.11  Automatic  Debits  of Fees.  With  respect  to any  commitment  fee,
arrangement fee, or other fee, or any other cost or expense (including  Attorney
Costs) due and payable to the Agent,  Bank of America or the Sole Arranger under
the Loan Documents, the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes Bank of America to
debit any deposit  account of the Company with Bank of America in an amount such
that the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed
such fee or other  cost or  expense.  If there  are  insufficient  funds in such
deposit  accounts  to cover the amount of the fee or other cost or expense  then
due,  such debits will be reversed  (in whole or in part,  in Bank of  America's
sole  discretion)  and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid.  No
such debit under this Section shall be deemed a set-off.

     10.12  Notification  of Addresses,  Lending  Offices,  Etc. Each Bank shall
notify the Agent in writing of any  changes in the  address to which  notices to
the Bank should be  directed,  of addresses  of any Lending  Office,  of payment
instructions  in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder  and of such
other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.

     10.13  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number  of
separate  counterparts,  each of  which,  when so  executed,  shall be deemed an
original,  and all of said  counterparts  taken  together  shall  be  deemed  to
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     10.14 Severability.  The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of
this Agreement or any instrument or agreement  required  hereunder  shall not in
any way  affect  or impair  the  legality  or  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

     10.15 No Third Parties  Benefited.  This Agreement is made and entered into
for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Company,  the Banks,  the Agent
and the Agent-Related  Persons,  and their permitted successors and assigns, and
no other Person shall be a direct or indirect


                                      -55-
<PAGE>

legal beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in
connection with, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

     10.16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

     (a) THIS  AGREEMENT  AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS;  PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND
THE BANKS SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

     (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  WITH RESPECT TO THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS OR OF
THE UNITED  STATES FOR THE NORTHERN  DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS,  AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY  OF THIS  AGREEMENT,  EACH OF THE  COMPANY,  THE  AGENT  AND THE  BANKS
CONSENTS,  FOR  ITSELF  AND IN RESPECT  OF ITS  PROPERTY,  TO THE  NON-EXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION  OF THOSE  COURTS.  EACH OF THE  COMPANY,  THE  AGENT AND THE BANKS
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE
OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER
HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT
OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE
BANKS EACH WAIVE  PERSONAL  SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS,  COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS,
WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY ILLINOIS LAW.

     10.17 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE COMPANY, THE BANKS AND THE AGENT EACH WAIVE
THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED
UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS,
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR
OTHER  LITIGATION  OF ANY TYPE  BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES  AGAINST ANY OTHER
PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT
TO CONTRACT CLAIMS,  TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  THE COMPANY,  THE BANKS AND THE
AGENT  EACH  AGREE  THAT ANY SUCH  CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  SHALL BE TRIED BY A
COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,  THE PARTIES FURTHER
AGREE THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF
THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN
WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR  ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  OR ANY  PROVISION  HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THIS WAIVER
SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS,


                                      -56-
<PAGE>

SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

     10.18  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  together  with the other  Loan
Documents,  embodies the entire agreement and  understanding  among the Company,
the Banks and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous  agreements
and understandings of such Persons,  verbal or written,  relating to the subject
matter hereof and thereof.




                                      -57-
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly  authorized  officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                                        THE MARCUS CORPORATION


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                         AND SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION,
                                        as Agent


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                        AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as a Bank


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        BANK ONE, WISCONSIN


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        M&I MARSHALL & ILSLEY BANK


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________



<PAGE>


                                        NORWEST BANK WISCONSIN,
                                         NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        SUNTRUST BANK, CENTRAL FLORIDA, N.A.


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________


                                        U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                        By:____________________
                                        Title:_________________






                                                                    Exhibit 10.4

                             THE MARCUS CORPORATION
                           1995 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
                         AMENDED THROUGH OCTOBER 4, 1999

Section 1. Purpose

     The  purpose of The Marcus  Corporation  1995  Equity  Incentive  Plan (the
"Plan")  is to  promote  the  best  interests  of The  Marcus  Corporation  (the
"Company")  and its  shareholders  by providing key employees of the Company and
its  Affiliates (as defined below) with an opportunity to acquire a, or increase
their,  proprietary  interest in the Company.  It is intended that the Plan will
promote  continuity of management and increased  incentive and personal interest
in the  welfare  of the  Company  by  those  key  employees  who  are  primarily
responsible for shaping and carrying out the long-range plans of the Company and
securing the Company's continued growth and financial success.

Section 2. Definitions

     As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings
set forth below:

     (a) "Affiliate" shall mean any entity that, directly or through one or more
intermediaries, is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, the
Company.

     (b) "Award" shall mean any Option,  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  Restricted
Stock or Performance Share granted under the Plan.

     (c) "Award Agreement" shall mean any written  agreement,  contract or other
instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan.

     (d) "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from
time to time.

     (e) "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     (f) "Committee" shall mean the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the
Board of Directors of the Company (or any other committee thereof  designated by
such Board to administer  the Plan);  provided,  however,  that the Committee is
composed  of not  less  than  two  directors,  each of  whom is a  "non-employee
director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

     (g)  "Exchange  Act" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended from time to time.

     (h)  "Fair  Market  Value"  shall  mean,   with  respect  to  any  property
(including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market
value of such  property  determined  by such methods or  procedures  as shall be
established from time to time by the Committee.

<PAGE>

     (i)  "Incentive  Stock Option"  shall mean an option  granted under Section
6(a) of the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the
Code (or any successor provision thereto).

     (j) "Key  Employee"  shall mean any  officer or other key  employee  of the
Company  or of any  Affiliate  who is  responsible  for  or  contributes  to the
management,  growth or  profitability  of the  business  of the  Company  or any
Affiliate as determined by the Committee in its discretion.

     (k) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean an option granted under Section
6(a) of the Plan that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

     (l) "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified  Stock
Option.

     (m) "Participating Key Employee" shall mean a Key Employee designated to be
granted an Award under the Plan.

     (n) "Performance Period" shall mean, in relation to Performance Shares, any
period for which a performance goal or goals have been established.

     (o) "Performance  Share" shall mean any right granted under Section 6(d) of
the Plan that will be paid out as a Share  (which,  in specified  circumstances,
may be a Share of Restricted Stock).

     (p)  "Person"  shall  mean  any   individual,   corporation,   partnership,
association,   joint-stock  company,  trust,   unincorporated   organization  or
government or political subdivision thereof.

     (q)  "Released  Securities"  shall  mean  Shares of  Restricted  Stock with
respect  to which  all  applicable  restrictions  have  expired,  lapsed or been
waived.

     (r) "Restricted  Securities" shall mean Awards of Restricted Stock or other
Awards  under which  issued and  outstanding  Shares are held subject to certain
restrictions.

     (s)  "Restricted  Stock" shall mean any Share granted under Section 6(c) of
the Plan or, in  specified  circumstances,  a Share  paid in  connection  with a
Performance Share under Section 6(e) of the Plan.

     (t) "Rule 16b-3"  shall mean Rule 16b-3 as  promulgated  by the  Commission
under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.

     (u)  "Shares"  shall mean  shares of common  stock of the  Company,  $1 par
value,  and such other  securities  or property as may become  subject to Awards
pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 4(b) of the Plan.

     (v) "Stock  Appreciation  Right" shall mean any right granted under Section
6(b) of the Plan.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Section 3. Administration

     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that if
at any time the  Committee  shall  not be in  existence,  the  functions  of the
Committee  as specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Board of Directors
of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable laws and without
limitation by reason of enumeration, the Committee shall have full discretionary
power  and  authority  to:  (i)  designate  Participating  Key  Employees;  (ii)
determine  the type or types of Awards to be granted to each  Participating  Key
Employee under the Plan;  (iii)  determine the number of Shares to be covered by
(or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated
in  connection  with)  Awards  granted  to  Participating  Key  Employees;  (iv)
determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted to a  Participating  Key
Employee;  (v) determine  whether,  to what extent and under what  circumstances
Awards  granted to  Participating  Key  Employees may be settled or exercised in
cash, Shares, other securities,  other Awards or other property,  and the method
or methods by which  Awards may be settled,  exercised,  canceled,  forfeited or
suspended;  (vi) determine whether,  to what extent and under what circumstances
cash,  Shares,  other Awards and other amounts  payable with respect to an Award
granted to  Participating  Key Employees under the Plan shall be deferred either
automatically  or at the  election  of the holder  thereof or of the  Committee;
(vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating
to, or Award made under,  the Plan  (including,  without  limitation,  any Award
Agreement); (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations
and  appoint  such  agents  as  it  shall  deem   appropriate   for  the  proper
administration  of the Plan; and (ix) make any other  determination and take any
other  action  that  the  Committee   deems   necessary  or  desirable  for  the
administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all
designations, determinations,  interpretations and other decisions under or with
respect  to the Plan or any Award  shall be within  the sole  discretion  of the
Committee,  may be made at any time or from  time to time,  and  shall be final,
conclusive and binding upon all Persons,  including the Company,  any Affiliate,
any  Participating  Key Employee,  any holder or beneficiary  of any Award,  any
shareholder and any employee of the Company or of any Affiliate.

Section 4. Shares Available for Award

     (a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b):

          (i) Number of Shares  Available.  The number of Shares with respect to
     which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be  3,125,000,  subject to
     the limitations set forth in Section 6(c)(i).

          (ii)  Accounting for Awards.  The number of Shares covered by an Award
     under the Plan,  or to which  such Award  relates,  shall be counted on the
     date of grant of such  Award  against  the number of Shares  available  for
     granting Awards under the Plan.

          (iii) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards. Any Shares delivered
     pursuant to an Award may consist,  in whole or in part, of  authorized  and
     unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     (b)  Adjustments.  In the event that the Committee shall determine that any
dividend  or other  distribution  (whether  in the form of cash,  Shares,  other
securities  or other  property),  recapitalization,  stock split,  reverse stock
split, reorganization,  merger, consolidation,  split-up, spin-off, combination,
repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of
warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other  securities of the Company,
or other similar corporate  transaction or event affects the Shares such that an
adjustment is determined by the Committee to be  appropriate in order to prevent
dilution or  enlargement  of the benefits or potential  benefits  intended to be
made available  under the Plan, then the Committee may, in such manner as it may
deem  equitable,  adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares subject
to the Plan and which  thereafter  may be made the  subject of Awards  under the
Plan;  (ii) the number and type of Shares  subject to  outstanding  Awards;  and
(iii) the grant,  purchase or exercise  price with respect to any Award,  or, if
deemed  appropriate,  make  provision  for a cash  payment  to the  holder of an
outstanding Award; provided,  however, in each case, that with respect to Awards
of Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment  shall be authorized to the extent
that such authority  would cause the Plan to violate  Section 422(b) of the Code
(or any successor  provision  thereto);  and provided further that the number of
Shares  subject to any Award payable or  denominated in Shares shall always be a
whole number.

Section 5. Eligibility

     Any Key Employee,  including any executive officer or  employee-director of
the Company or of any Affiliate,  who is not a member of the Committee  shall be
eligible to be designated a Participating Key Employee.  Ben Marcus,  Stephen H.
Marcus,  Diane Marcus  Gershowitz  and any other person who  beneficially  owns,
directly or indirectly  (taking into account stock ownership  attributed to such
person pursuant to Section 425(d) of the Code),  stock possessing more than five
percent (5%) of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or of any  Affiliate  of the  Company  shall not be  eligible to receive
Awards under the Plan.

Section 6. Awards

     (a) Option Awards.  The Committee is hereby  authorized to grant Options to
Key  Employees  with the terms and  conditions  as set forth below and with such
additional  terms and  conditions,  in  either  case not  inconsistent  with the
provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine in its discretion.

          (i) Exercise Price.  The exercise price per Share of an Option granted
     pursuant  to this  Section  6(a)  shall  be  determined  by the  Committee;
     provided,  however, that such exercise price shall not be less than 100% of
     the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

          (ii)  Option  Term.  The  term of each  Option  shall  be fixed by the
     Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall the term of any Option
     exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant.

          (iii)  Exercisability  and Method of Exercise.  An Option shall become
     exercisable  in such  manner and within  such period or periods and in such
     installments  or otherwise as shall be  determined  by the  Committee.  The
     Committee also shall determine


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     the method or methods by which, and the form or forms,  including,  without
     limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property or
     any  combination  thereof,  having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date
     equal to the  relevant  exercise  price,  in which  payment of the exercise
     price with respect to any Option may be made or deemed to have been made.

          (iv) Incentive Stock Options.  The terms of any Incentive Stock Option
     granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the  provisions of
     Section  422 of the  Code  (or any  successor  provision  thereto)  and any
     regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision in the
     Plan to the contrary,  no Incentive  Stock Option may be granted  hereunder
     after the tenth  anniversary  of the  adoption  of the Plan by the Board of
     Directors of the Company.

     (b) Stock  Appreciation Right Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to
grant Stock  Appreciation  Rights to Key Employees.  Subject to the terms of the
Plan and any applicable  Award  Agreement,  a Stock  Appreciation  Right granted
under the Plan  shall  confer on the  holder  thereof a right to  receive,  upon
exercise  thereof,  the excess of (i) the Fair Market  Value of one Share on the
date of exercise  over (ii) the grant price of the Stock  Appreciation  Right as
specified by the Committee, which shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. Subject
to the terms of the Plan, the grant price, term, methods of exercise, methods of
settlement  (including  whether the  Participating  Key Employee will be paid in
cash,  Shares,  other  securities,  other  Awards,  or  other  property  or  any
combination  thereof),   and  any  other  terms  and  conditions  of  any  Stock
Appreciation  Right shall be as determined  by the Committee in its  discretion.
The Committee may impose such  conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any
Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem appropriate.

     (c) Restricted Stock Awards.

          (i) Issuance.  The  Committee is hereby  authorized to grant Awards of
     Restricted Stock to Key Employees;  provided,  however,  that the aggregate
     number  of  Shares  of  Restricted  Stock  granted  under  the  Plan to all
     Participating Key Employees as a group shall not exceed 50,000 Shares (such
     number of Shares  subject to  adjustment  in  accordance  with the terms of
     Section  4(b) hereof) of the total  number of Shares  available  for Awards
     under Section 4(a)(i).

          (ii) Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock granted to Participating
     Key Employees  shall be subject to such  restrictions  as the Committee may
     impose in its discretion (including,  without limitation, any limitation on
     the right to vote a Share of  Restricted  Stock or the right to receive any
     dividend  or  other  right  or  property),  which  restrictions  may  lapse
     separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or
     otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate in its discretion.

          (iii)  Registration.  Any Restricted Stock granted under the Plan to a
     Participating Key Employee may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee
     may deem  appropriate in its  discretion,  including,  without  limitation,
     book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates.
     In the event  any stock  certificate  is  issued  in  respect  of Shares of
     Restricted  Stock granted under the Plan to a  Participating  Key


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     Employee,  such  certificate  shall  be  registered  in  the  name  of  the
     Participating  Key  Employee  and  shall  bear an  appropriate  legend  (as
     determined  by the  Committee)  referring  to  the  terms,  conditions  and
     restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

          (iv)  Payment  of  Restricted  Stock.  At the  end  of the  applicable
     restriction  period relating to Restricted Stock granted to a Participating
     Key Employee,  one or more stock certificates for the appropriate number of
     Shares, free of restrictions  imposed under the Plan, shall be delivered to
     the  Participating  Key  Employee  or, if the  Participating  Key  Employee
     received stock  certificates  representing the Restricted Stock at the time
     of grant, the legends placed on such certificates shall be removed.

          (v) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee in its
     discretion,  upon termination of employment of a Participating Key Employee
     (as  determined  under  criteria   established  by  the  Committee  in  its
     discretion) for any reason during the applicable  restriction  period,  all
     Shares of Restricted Stock still subject to restriction  shall be forfeited
     by the Participating Key Employee;  provided,  however,  that the Committee
     may,  when it finds  that a waiver  would be in the best  interests  of the
     Company,  waive in whole or in part any or all remaining  restrictions with
     respect to Shares of Restricted Stock held by a Participating Key Employee.

     (d) Performance Share Awards.

          (i) Issuance.  The Committee is hereby  authorized to grant Awards of
     Performance Shares to Key Employees.

          (ii) Performance Goals and Other Terms. The Committee shall determine
     in its discretion the Performance  Period, the performance goal or goals to
     be achieved during any Performance  Period, the proportion of payments,  if
     any, to be made for  performance  between the minimum and full  performance
     levels, the restrictions  applicable to Shares of Restricted Stock received
     upon payment of Performance  Shares if Performance  Shares are paid in such
     manner,  and any other terms,  conditions and rights relating to a grant of
     Performance  Shares.  Performance goals established by the Committee may be
     based on one or more  measures  such as  return  on  shareholders'  equity,
     earnings  or  any  other  standard  or  standards  deemed  relevant  by the
     Committee,  measured  internally  or  relative to other  organizations  and
     before or after extraordinary items.

          (iii) Rights and Benefits During the Performance Period. The Committee
     may provide that, during a Performance Period, a Participating Key Employee
     shall be paid cash amounts,  with respect to each Performance Share held by
     such Participating Key Employee,  in the same manner, at the same time, and
     in the same amount paid, as a cash dividend on a Share.  Participating  Key
     Employees  shall have no voting rights with respect to  Performance  Shares
     held by them.

          (iv)  Adjustments  with  Respect  to  Performance  Shares.  Any  other
     provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Committee may in
     its  discretion at any time or from time to time adjust  performance  goals
     (up or down) and minimum or full  performance  levels (and any intermediate
     levels and proportion of payments  related


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     thereto),  adjust the manner in which  performance  goals are measured,  or
     shorten  any  Performance  Period  or  waive in whole or in part any or all
     remaining restrictions with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock issued in
     payment of Performance Shares, if the Committee determines that conditions,
     including  but  not  limited  to,  changes  in  the  economy,   changes  in
     competitive  conditions,  changes  in  laws  or  governmental  regulations,
     changes  in  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  changes  in  the
     Company's accounting policies,  acquisitions or dispositions by the Company
     or its  Affiliates,  or the  occurrence  of other  unusual,  unforeseen  or
     extraordinary events, so warrant.

          (v)  Payment  of  Performance   Shares.   As  soon  as  is  reasonably
     practicable following the end of the applicable  Performance Period, one or
     more certificates  representing the number of Shares equal to the number of
     Performance Shares payable shall be registered in the name of and delivered
     to the Participating Key Employee;  provided,  however,  that any Shares of
     Restricted  Stock  payable in  connection  with  Performance  Shares shall,
     pending the expiration, lapse, or waiver of the applicable restrictions, be
     evidenced in the manner as set forth in Section 6(c)(iii) hereof.

     (e) General.

          (i)  No  Consideration   for  Awards.   Awards  shall  be  granted  to
     Participating  Key Employees  for no cash  consideration  unless  otherwise
     determined by the Committee.

          (ii)  Award  Agreements.  Each Award  granted  under the Plan shall be
     evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form  (consistent with the terms of
     the Plan) as shall have been approved by the Committee.

          (iii)  Awards  May  Be  Granted  Separately  or  Together.  Awards  to
     Participating  Key Employees  under the Plan may be granted either alone or
     in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution  for, any other Award or
     any award  granted  under any other plan of the  Company or any  Affiliate.
     Awards  granted in addition  to, or in tandem  with,  other  Awards,  or in
     addition to, or in tandem with,  awards granted under any other plan of the
     Company or any Affiliate, may be granted either at the same time as or at a
     different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

          (iv) Forms of Payment Under  Awards.  Subject to the terms of the Plan
     and of any applicable Award Agreement,  payments or transfers to be made by
     the Company or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award
     to a  Participating  Key  Employee may be made in such form or forms as the
     Committee shall determine, and may be made in a single payment or transfer,
     in  installments,  or on a deferred  basis, in each case in accordance with
     rules and procedures  established by the Committee in its discretion.  Such
     rules and procedures may include,  without  limitation,  provisions for the
     payment or crediting of interest on installment or deferred payments.

          (v)  Transferability.  Each Award  granted under the Plan shall not be
     transferable  other  than by will or the laws of descent  and  distribution
     except that a Participating  Key Employee may, to the extent allowed by the
     Committee  and  in a  manner


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     specified by the Committee or the Award Agreement, (a) designate in writing
     a beneficiary to exercise the Award after the  Participating Key Employee's
     death, as the case may be, and (b) transfer any Award.

          (vi) Term of Awards.  Except as  otherwise  provided in the Plan,  the
     term of each Award  shall be for such  period as may be  determined  by the
     Committee.

          (vii)  Share   Certificates;   Representation.   In  addition  to  the
     restrictions  imposed pursuant to Section 6(c) and Section 6(d) hereof, all
     certificates  for Shares  delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or
     the  exercise  thereof  shall be subject to such stop  transfer  orders and
     other  restrictions  as the Committee may deem advisable  under the Plan or
     the rules,  regulations and other requirements of the Commission,  New York
     Stock  Exchange or any other stock exchange or other market upon which such
     Shares  are then  listed or  traded,  and any  applicable  federal or state
     securities  laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put
     on  any  such   certificates   to  make   appropriate   reference  to  such
     restrictions. The Committee may require each Participating Key Employee, or
     other  Person  who  acquires  Shares  under  the  Plan by means of an Award
     originally made to a Participating Key Employee to represent to the Company
     in  writing  that  such  Participating  Key  Employee,  or other  Person is
     acquiring the Shares without a view to the distribution thereof.

Section 7.  Amendment  and  Termination  of the Plan;  Correction of Defects and
            Omissions

     (a)  Amendments to and  Termination  of the Plan. The Board of Directors of
the Company may at any time amend, alter, suspend,  discontinue or terminate the
Plan; provided,  however, that shareholder approval of any amendment of the Plan
shall  also be  obtained  if  otherwise  required  by: (i) the Code or any rules
promulgated  thereunder  (in order to allow for  Incentive  Stock  Options to be
granted under the Plan); or (ii) the listing  requirements of the New York Stock
Exchange  or any  other  principal  securities  exchange  or market on which the
Shares are then traded (in order to maintain the listing of the Shares thereon).
Termination  of the Plan  shall  not  affect  the  rights of  Participating  Key
Employees with respect to Awards  previously  granted to them, and all unexpired
Awards shall  continue in force and effect after  termination of the Plan except
as they may lapse or be terminated by their own terms and conditions.

     (b) Correction of Defects, Omissions and Inconsistencies. The Committee may
in its  discretion  correct any defect,  supply any  omission or  reconcile  any
inconsistency in any Award or Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it
shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

Section 8. General Provisions

     (a) No Rights to Awards.  No Key  Employee,  Participating  Key Employee or
other  Person  shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan,  and
there  is  no  obligation   for   uniformity  of  treatment  of  Key  Employees,
Participating  Key  Employees  or holders or  beneficiaries  of Awards under the
Plan.  The terms and  conditions  of Awards need not be the same with respect to
each Participating Key Employee.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     (b) Withholding. No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes
includable  in the gross  income of a  Participating  Key  Employee  for federal
income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the  Participating
Key Employee shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements  satisfactory to the
Company regarding the payment of, any federal,  state, local or foreign taxes of
any kind  required by law to be withheld  with  respect to such  amount.  Unless
otherwise  determined by the  Committee,  withholding  obligations  arising with
respect to Awards to  Participating  Key Employees under the Plan may be settled
with  Shares  previously  owned by the  Participating  Key  Employee;  provided,
however,  that the  Participating  Key Employee may not settle such  obligations
with Shares that are part of, or are received  upon  exercise of, the Award that
gives rise to the withholding requirement.  The obligations of the Company under
the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or  arrangements,  and the Company
and any  Affiliate  shall,  to the extent  permitted  by law,  have the right to
deduct any such taxes from any payment  otherwise due to the  Participating  Key
Employee.  The Committee may establish such  procedures as it deems  appropriate
for the settling of withholding obligations with Shares.

     (c) No Limit on Other Compensation  Arrangements.  Nothing contained in the
Plan shall prevent the Company or any  Affiliate  from adopting or continuing in
effect other or additional compensation arrangements,  and such arrangements may
be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

     (d) Rights and Status of Recipients of Awards.  The grant of an Award shall
not be construed as giving a Participating Key Employee the right to be retained
in the  employ of the  Company or any  Affiliate.  Further,  the  Company or any
Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participating  Key Employee from employment,
free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly
provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement. Except for rights accorded under
the Plan and under any applicable Award Agreement,  Participating  Key Employees
shall have no rights as holders of Shares as a result of the  granting of Awards
hereunder.

     (e)  Unfunded  Status  of the  Plan.  Unless  otherwise  determined  by the
Committee,  the Plan shall be unfunded  and shall not create (or be construed to
create) a trust or a separate  fund or funds.  The Plan shall not  establish any
fiduciary   relationship   between  the  Company  or  the   Committee   and  any
Participating  Key Employee or other Person.  To the extent any Person holds any
right by  virtue  of a grant  under  the  Plan,  such  right  (unless  otherwise
determined by the Committee)  shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured
general creditor of the Company.

     (f) Governing  Law. The validity,  construction  and effect of the Plan and
any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance
with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin and applicable federal law.

     (g)  Severability.  If any provision of the Plan or any Award  Agreement or
any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in
any  jurisdiction,  or as to any Person or Award, or would  disqualify the Plan,
any  Award  Agreement  or any  Award  under  any law  deemed  applicable  by the
Committee,  such  provision  shall be construed or deemed  amended to conform to
applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended  without,  in
the determination of the Committee,  materially altering the intent of the Plan,
any Award  Agreement or the Award,  such provision  shall be stricken as to such
jurisdiction,  Person or


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Award,  and the  remainder of the Plan,  any such Award  Agreement  and any such
Award shall remain in full force and effect.

     (h) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares or other securities shall be
issued or delivered  pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement or any Award, and
the Committee shall determine (except as otherwise provided in the Plan) whether
cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of
any fractional Shares or other securities,  or whether such fractional Shares or
other  securities  or any  rights  thereto  shall  be  canceled,  terminated  or
otherwise eliminated.

     (i)  Headings.  Headings are given to the Sections and  subsections  of the
Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be
deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or  interpretation of
the Plan or any provision thereof.

Section 9. Effective Date of the Plan

     The Plan  shall be  effective  as of the  date the Plan is  adopted  by the
shareholders, provided such shareholder approval of the Plan is within 12 months
following  the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board of  Directors,  and all
Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of shareholder approval shall be
subject to such  approval and the  effective  date of such Award grants shall be
deemed to be the date of such shareholder approval.

Section 10. Term of the Plan

     No Award shall be granted under the Plan following the tenth anniversary of
its effective date. However,  unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or
in an  applicable  Award  Agreement,  any Award  theretofore  granted may extend
beyond such date and, to the extent set forth in the Plan,  the authority of the
Committee to amend, alter,  adjust,  suspend,  discontinue or terminate any such
Award,  or to waive any  conditions  or  restrictions  with  respect to any such
Award,  and the  authority of the Board of Directors of the Company to amend the
Plan, shall extend beyond such date.


                                      -10-


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain matters discussed in this annual report to shareholders, particularly in
the  Shareholders'  Letter  and  Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis,   are
"forward-looking  statements"  intended  to qualify  for the safe  harbors  from
liability  established by the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
These forward-looking statements may generally be identified as such because the
context of such  statements  will include words such as the Company  "believes,"
"anticipates," "expects" or words of similar import. Similarly,  statements that
describe   the   Company's   future   plans,   objectives   or  goals  are  also
forward-looking  statements.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are  subject to
certain risks and uncertainties,  including,  but not limited to, the following:
(i) the  Company's  ability to identify  properties to acquire,  develop  and/or
manage  and  continuing  availability  of funds for such  development;  (ii) the
limited-service  lodging  division's  ability  to  attract  and  retain  quality
franchise operators and to effectively execute its Baymont name change strategy;
(iii) continuing consumer demand as a result of general economic conditions with
respect to the hotels and resorts and  limited-service  lodging divisions;  (iv)
continuing availability, in terms of both quality and quantity, of films for the
theatre  division;  (v) absence of  significant  increases in costs of obtaining
food for the restaurant division; and (vi) competitive conditions in the markets
served by the Company.  Shareholders,  potential investors and other readers are
urged to consider  these  factors  carefully in evaluating  the  forward-looking
statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking
statements.  The forward-looking  statements made herein are made only as of the
date of this report and the Company  undertakes no obligation to publicly update
such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

RESULTS of OPERATIONS

GENERAL

The Marcus  Corporation  and its four divisions  report their  consolidated  and
individual  segment results of operations on either a 52-or 53-week fiscal year.
Fiscal 1999 was a 52-week year for the Company and each of its divisions. Fiscal
1998 was a 53-week fiscal year for the Company's restaurant division,  while the
Company  and each of its other  divisions  reported  on a 52-week  fiscal  year.
Fiscal 1997 was a 53-week fiscal year for the Company's  limited-service lodging
and  hotel/resort  divisions,  while the Company and each of its other divisions
reported on a 52-week  fiscal  year.  Fiscal 2000 will be a 52-week year for the
Company and each of its divisions.

Historically,  the  Company's  fiscal year has been divided  into three  12-week
quarters and a final quarter  consisting of 16 or 17 weeks.  In fiscal 1999, the
Company began  dividing its fiscal year into three 13-week  quarters and a final
quarter  consisting of 13 or 14 weeks.  The Company made this change in order to
simplify its reporting process and provide greater consistency between quarters.
To facilitate  comparisons  with fiscal 1999 quarterly  results  included in the
Supplementary  Quarterly  Financial  Data  provided  in this  annual  report  to
shareholders,  fiscal 1998 quarterly  results have been presented on a pro forma
basis, as if the periods had been reported on the new basis.

Total  revenues  for fiscal  1999 were  $362.9  million,  an  increase  of $28.1
million,  or 8.4%,  compared to fiscal 1998 revenues of $334.8  million.  Fiscal
1998 revenues increased $32.1 million, or 10.6%, from fiscal 1997 revenues.  The
Company's theatre and hotel/resort  divisions  contributed the greatest increase
in revenues during both fiscal years.  The additional  week of results  reported
for the  restaurant  division  in  fiscal  1998 did not  materially  impact  the
Company's  consolidated  results of  operations  due to the relative size of the
restaurant  division  compared to the Company's other divisions.  The additional
week of  results  reported  for the  limited-service  lodging  and  hotel/resort
divisions in fiscal 1997  contributed an additional $3.5 million in revenues and
$1.5 million in operating income to the Company's fourth quarter and fiscal 1997
results.

Net  earnings  for fiscal  1999 were  $23.1  million,  or $.77 per  share.  This
represented  a $7.6 million,  or 24.8%,  decrease  from  comparable  fiscal 1998
earnings of $30.7 million, or $1.02 per share, excluding the after-tax charge of
$2.34  million,  or $.08 per share,  in fiscal 1998 resulting from the Company's
decision  to change  the name of  Budgetel  Inns to Baymont  Inns & Suites.  The
Company recorded a $2.34 million  after-tax charge ($3.9 million  before-tax) to
earnings  for the  write-off  of existing  signage and other  one-time  expenses
associated  with the name  change  during  the fourth  quarter  of fiscal  1998.
Including the name change charge,  net earnings were $28.4 million,  or $.94 per
share,  for fiscal 1998.  Fiscal 1998 earnings,  again excluding the name change
charge,  decreased  $100,000,  or 0.3%, from comparable  fiscal 1997 earnings of
$30.9 million, or $1.04 per share. Weighted average shares outstanding were 30.1
million for fiscal  1999,  30.3  million  for fiscal  1998 and 29.7  million for
fiscal 1997. All per share and share data in this  discussion have been adjusted
to reflect the Company's three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a 50%
stock dividend on December 5, 1997. The Company adopted SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings
per Share," in fiscal 1998.  Prior period  amounts have been restated  under the
new standard. All per share data presented herein is on a diluted basis.

The Company's net interest  expense,  net of  investment  income,  totaled $16.1
million for fiscal 1999. This represented an increase of $4.3 million, or 36.4%,
over fiscal 1998 net interest expense of $11.8 million. Fiscal 1998 net interest
expense increased $1.8 million,  or 17.7%, over fiscal 1997 net interest expense
of $10.0 million.  These  increases were the result of additional  borrowings in
fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998 used to help finance the Company's capital expansion
program.

The Company's  income tax expense for fiscal 1999 was $15.7 million,  a decrease
of $3.2 million from fiscal 1998.  The  Company's  effective tax rate for fiscal
1999 was 40.5%,  compared to 40.0% in fiscal 1998 and 39.7% in fiscal 1997.  The
increased  effective  tax rate during  fiscal  1999 was the result of  increased
state income taxes, net of federal


<PAGE>
income tax benefits.  The Company believes its effective tax rate could increase
slightly in fiscal 2000.

Historically,  the  Company's  first fiscal  quarter has produced the  strongest
operating  results  because  this  period  coincides  with  the  typical  summer
seasonality  of the  movie  theatre  industry  and the  summer  strength  of the
Company's  lodging and food  service  businesses.  The  Company's  third  fiscal
quarter has historically produced the weakest operating results primarily due to
the effects of reduced travel during the winter months on the Company's  lodging
businesses.

The Company is continuing its aggressive capital expansion plan that it began in
fiscal  1994,   incurring   approximately  $500  million  in  aggregate  capital
expenditures  during the last five fiscal  years.  The  Company's  current plans
include the following goals:

o   Completing  the Baymont  Inns & Suites  conversion  strategy in fiscal 2000,
    including the  implementation  of lobby breakfasts at a vast majority of the
    chain's properties, and then increasing the total number of Baymont Inns and
    Baymont  Inns & Suites to over 300 within the next four  years.  The Company
    currently  believes  that  most  of  this  anticipated  future  growth  will
    ultimately come from its emphasis on opening new franchised Baymont Inns and
    Baymont Inns & Suites.  Up to two new  Company-owned  and 28 new  franchised
    properties  are currently  under  development  for fiscal 2000.  The Company
    plans to  further  emphasize  franchising  in the  future by  exploring  the
    potential  sale of  approximately  20  Company-owned  properties  to new and
    existing  franchisees  over the next three years,  with the Company possibly
    retaining a management contract in some cases.

o   Increasing its number of movie theatre  screens to 500 during calendar 2000,
    with expected continued expansion outside of Wisconsin. Up to 60 new screens
    are currently planned to be opened by the Company in fiscal 2000,  including
    37 new screens to be added to existing locations in Wisconsin,  Illinois and
    Minnesota and the Company's second large screen IMAX(R) 2D/3D theatre at its
    Addison,  Illinois  location.  The Company  also has plans to  complete  its
    stadium  seating   retrofit   program,   resulting  in  stadium  seating  in
    approximately 90% of its first-run screens by the end of fiscal 2000.

o   Adding one or two hotel properties each year over the next few fiscal years,
    either  Company-owned or managed for others.  In some cases, the Company may
    own only a partial interest in the new properties. The Company currently has
    two company-owned projects under construction:  an extensive addition to the
    Hilton Milwaukee City Center, scheduled to open in July 2000; and a 238-room
    public/private  endeavor  with the City of  Madison,  Wisconsin - the Hilton
    Madison at Monona Terrace, scheduled to open late in fiscal 2001.

o   Increasing  its number of Woodfield  Suites.  The Company  currently has one
    Company-owned  Woodfield Suites scheduled to open late in fiscal 2000 and is
    evaluating additional sites and franchising opportunities.

o   Evaluating   new  business   opportunities.   The  Company   recently  began
    constructing a vacation  ownership  development at the Grand Geneva Resort &
    Spa, representing the Company's entrance into the timesharing business.  The
    Company  expects to begin  selling  units  during  the summer of 1999,  with
    construction  of the first 24 units  scheduled for  completion by the end of
    the fiscal year.

The  actual  number,  mix and timing of  potential  future  new  facilities  and
expansions  will  depend in large  part on  continuing  favorable  industry  and
economic conditions,  the Company's financial performance and available capital,
the  competitive  environment,  evolving  customer  needs  and  trends  and  the
continued  availability  of  attractive  opportunities.  It is  likely  that the
Company's  expansion  goals will  continue  to evolve and change in  response to
these and other  factors  with no  assurance  that these  current  goals will be
achieved.

YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE

The Year 2000 issue  refers  generally  to the data  structure  problem that may
prevent  systems from properly  recognizing  dates after the year 1999. The Year
2000  issue  affects  information  technology  (IT)  systems,  such as  computer
programs and various types of electronic equipment that process date information
by using only two digits rather than four digits to define the applicable  year,
and thus may  recognize  a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year
2000. The issue also affects some non-IT systems,  such as devices which rely on
embedded microchips to process date information.  The Year 2000 issue may result
in system  failures  or  miscalculations,  causing  disruptions  of a  company's
operations.  Moreover,  even if a company's  systems are Year 2000 compliant,  a
problem may exist to the extent that the data that such  systems  process is not
compliant.

State of Readiness:  The Company has implemented a Year 2000 Program designed to
ensure  that the  Company's  computer  system  and  applications  will  function
properly  through  1999,  into Year 2000 and  beyond.  The  Company's  Year 2000
Program has four phases:  (1)  identification  and  assessment,  (2) remediation
(including  modification,  upgrading  and  replacement),  (3)  testing  and  (4)
contingency  planning.  The  Company's  Year 2000 Program is an ongoing  process
involving continual evaluation and may be subject to a change in response to new
developments.

The Company has four distinct  operating  divisions.  The Company has identified
corporate-wide  and division  specific  operating  systems and is finalizing the
remediation  and testing of modified,  upgraded and  replacement  systems.  This
testing will  continue  through the remainder of 1999.  Corporate  financial and
human  resource  management/payroll  systems are  scheduled  for  completion  of
testing during the fourth quarter of the calendar year. The Company expects that
all critical IT systems and

15
<PAGE>


critical  embedded  systems will be compliant by December 31, 1999.  The Company
has surveyed all operating  divisions  and has  identified  any non-IT  systems,
which if not Year 2000  compliant,  may have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business,  operating results or financial  condition.  The Company has
identified   and  surveyed  its  critical   vendors,   suppliers  and  financial
institutions with which it has material  relationships.  Based on current survey
status, the Company is not aware of any material third-party Year 2000 risks not
resolved by contingency plans.

Costs to  Address  Year 2000  Issues:  The  Company  estimates  that the cost of
remediation of problems  related to Year 2000 issues will be less than $750,000,
the majority of which is expected to be capitalized.

Contingency  Plan: If the Company's IT systems are not Year 2000  compliant on a
timely basis,  the Company plans to operate such systems manually until any Year
2000 issues are remediated.  Although such failure should not result in any loss
of data and  information,  it may increase some costs of operation.  All systems
will be backed-up prior to January 1, 2000, with some being turned off following
back-up to reduce any  potential  for failure at time of  rollover.  Contingency
plans are being  developed for all critical  processes to operate  manually.  In
addition,  if the failure of major utility  companies to operate properly in the
Year 2000  contributes  to the failure of internal  systems,  contingency  plans
focus on the safety and security of guests and asset  preservation.  The Company
expects to maintain  close  contact with third parties with whom it has material
relationships,  such as vendors, suppliers and financial institutions, to ensure
that such third parties' Year 2000 compliance issues do not materially adversely
affect the  Company's  operations.  Contingency  plans include  alternate  plans
should one of these third  parties be unable to maintain  their  supply chain to
the Company.

In light of its compliance  efforts,  the Company does not believe that the Year
2000 issue will materially adversely affect operations or results of operations,
and does not expect  implementation  to have a material  impact on the Company's
financial  statements.  However,  there can be no assurance  that the  Company's
systems will be Year 2000  compliant  prior to December  31,  1999,  or that the
failure  of any such  system  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, operating results and financial condition. To the extent the
Year 2000 problem has a material  adverse effect on the business,  operations or
financial  condition  of third  parties  with  whom  the  Company  has  material
relationships,  such as vendors, suppliers and financial institutions,  the Year
2000 problem may also have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,
results of operations and financial condition.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Company is exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.  The
Company  manages its  exposure to this market  risk  through the  monitoring  of
available financing alternatives.

Variable  interest rate risk: The Company's  earnings are affected by changes in
short-term  interest  rates as a result of its  borrowings  under its  revolving
credit agreements,  floating-rate mortgages/industrial development revenue bonds
and  unsecured  term notes not subject to interest rate swap  agreements.  Based
upon the Company's variable rate debt for such borrowings at May 27, 1999, a 100
basis  point  increase  in market  rates  would  increase  interest  expense and
decrease   earnings  before  income  taxes  by  approximately   $400,000.   This
sensitivity  analysis  does not  consider any actions  management  might take to
mitigate its exposure in the event of a change of such magnitude.  The Company's
commercial  paper  outstanding  at May 27, 1999 has been excluded from the above
sensitivity analysis.  Although commercial paper is classified as long-term debt
based  upon the  Company's  ability  and  intent to  replace  it with  long-term
borrowings,  all  outstanding  commercial  paper  matures  within  two months of
year-end.  As a result,  there would be no material  expected change in interest
expense or fair market value following a reasonably  expected change in interest
rates.

Fixed interest rate risk:  The fair value of long-term  fixed interest rate debt
may also be subject to interest rate risk.  Generally,  the fair market value of
fixed  interest rate debt will  increase as interest  rates fall and decrease as
interest rates rise. Based upon the respective  rates and prepayment  provisions
of the Company's fixed interest rate senior notes and mortgages at May 27, 1999,
the carrying amounts of such debt approximates their fair value.

Interest rate swaps:  The Company  enters into interest rate swap  agreements to
manage its exposure to interest rate changes.  The swaps involve the exchange of
fixed and  variable  interest  rate  payments  without  exchanging  the notional
principal  amount.  Payments  or  receipts  on the  agreements  are  recorded as
adjustments to interest expense.  At May 27, 1999, the Company had interest rate
swap agreements in place of $4.5 million,  expiring on October 2, 2000, and $7.5
million,  expiring  August 6, 2001.  The Company pays a defined fixed rate while
receiving  a  defined  variable  rate  based  on  LIBOR.  Together,  these  swap
agreements  effectively  convert $12.0  million of the  Company's  variable rate
unsecured  term notes to a fixed  rate.  The  additional  net  interest  expense
recorded  in  fiscal  1999 and 1998 as a result of the swap  agreements  was not
material.  The fair value of these interest rate swap agreements  represents the
estimated  receipts or payments that would be made to terminate the  agreements.
At May 27, 1999,  the fair market value of the  Company's  swap  agreements,  as
determined by the lender, was a liability of approximately $142,000.

LIMITED-SERVICE LODGING

The Company's  largest division is its limited service lodging  division,  which
contributed  39.0% of the Company's  consolidated  revenues and 44.5% of Company
consolidated operating income, excluding corporate items, during fiscal 1999.



<PAGE>


The division's primary business consists of owning and franchising  Baymont Inns
& Suites and Woodfield Suites, which respectively operate in the limited-service
economy and  limited-service  all-suites  segments of the lodging industry.  The
following tables set forth revenues,  operating income, operating margin, number
of units and rooms data for the  limited-service  lodging  division for the last
three fiscal years:

                                     1999            1998           1997
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              (in millions)
Revenues                          $ 141.6         $ 144.7        $ 134.7
Operating income                     25.5            35.4*          39.8
Operating margin (% of revenues)     18.0%           24.4%*         29.5%
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Excludes $3.9 million before-tax charge for Baymont name change.

                                     Number of units at year-end
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     1999            1998           1997
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baymont Inns & Suites
   Company-owned or operated           99             106            104
   Franchised                          65              50             39
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Baymont Inns & Suites           164             156            143
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Woodfield Suites
   Company-owned                        6               5              4
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number of units                 170             161            147
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Available rooms at year-end
                                     ------------------------------------
                                     1999            1998           1997
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Baymont Inns & Suites
   Company-owned or operated       10,380          11,326         11,111
   Franchised                       5,984           4,766          3,757
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Baymont Inns & Suites        16,364          16,092         14,868
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Woodfield Suites                      737             610            490
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total available rooms              17,101          16,702         15,358
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total revenues in the  limited-service  lodging  division  decreased 2.2% during
fiscal 1999 due primarily to reduced  occupancy at Baymont Inns & Suites.  Total
revenues  increased 7.5% during fiscal 1998 principally as a result of increased
available   rooms.   The   additional   week  of  operations   included  in  the
limited-service lodging division's fiscal 1997 results contributed an additional
$2.5 million to fiscal 1997  revenues and  approximately  $1.2 million to fiscal
1997  operating  income.  Average  daily  room  rates at  Baymont  Inns & Suites
increased  3.1% in both fiscal  1999 and 1998.  Baymont's  occupancy  percentage
decreased  3.9 and 2.9  percentage  points  during  fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998,
respectively,   but  still  remained  above  limited-service   lodging  industry
averages.  The primary factor  contributing  to the decline in occupancy in both
fiscal  years was the  significant  increase  in the supply of  limited  service
economy lodging rooms. The increased room supply was especially prevalent in the
Midwestern and Southern  portions of the country,  where the Company has a large
number of  properties.  Occupancy  was also  negatively  impacted in fiscal 1999
during the name change from Budgetel to Baymont. The result of the average daily
rate  increases and  occupancy  declines was a 3.7% and 0.4% decrease in Baymont
Inns & Suites revenue per available  room, or RevPAR,  for  comparable  Inns for
fiscal  1999 and 1998,  respectively.  RevPAR for  comparable  Woodfield  Suites
increased 7.9% during fiscal 1999 after decreasing 5.5% during fiscal 1998.

During the third quarter of fiscal 1999, the Company officially changed the name
of its Budgetel  Inns to Baymont Inns and Baymont Inns & Suites.  As the Company
expected,  the Baymont introduction did not immediately alter the current trends
occurring in the  limited-service  segment of the lodging  industry and may have
actually   contributed  to  a  decline  in  occupancy  during  the  name  change
transition.  Delays in  completing  the new Baymont  signage,  caused in part by
severe January weather in the Midwest, contributed to the challenging transition
and adversely impacted results during fiscal 1999.  Although the Company expects
that   short-term   declines  in  occupancy  may  continue  during  the  initial
introduction of the new Baymont brand,  the Company  believes that the long-term
benefits of the name change should expand the Company's customer base,  increase
RevPAR and increase  development  opportunities.  In particular,  the Company is
encouraged by  significantly  increased  franchising  interest as evidenced by a
greater number of franchises sold since the name change compared to a comparable
period in the prior year and the increased  sales  activity  with  potential new
franchisees. In addition,  Company-owned properties that have introduced the new
lobby  breakfast have performed  significantly  better than those that have not.
The Company  plans to introduce  the lobby  breakfast to a vast  majority of its
properties during fiscal 2000. As a result of the Baymont  repositioning and the
anticipated  expanded market  potential,  the Company's goal is to have over 300
locations  under the Baymont  banner  within the next four years.  The Company's
ability to reach this goal will be significantly impacted by customer acceptance
of the new name and product and the Company's  ability to increase the number of
franchised  locations  at a pace faster than that  achieved  under the  Budgetel
name, as well as industry and economic conditions,  the competitive  environment
and other factors.

No  Company-owned  Baymont  Inns & Suites were opened in fiscal 1999 and two new
Budgetel Inns were opened in fiscal 1998. One new Woodfield Suites was opened in
both fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998.  The  Company's  newly  opened  Baymont Inns &
Suites and Woodfield Suites contributed  additional revenues of $2.4 million and
nominal  operating income during fiscal 1999. Newly opened  properties in fiscal
1998  contributed  additional  revenue of $11.5  million and  nominal  operating
income.  Late in fiscal  1999,  the Company  sold seven  Baymont  Inns & Suites,
including five to a new franchisee. A pre-tax gain of approximately $1.3 million
was  recognized  in fiscal 1999 as a result of the sale of these Inns.  The Inns
sold contributed  revenues of $5.5 million during fiscal 1999,  compared to $6.3
million  from a full year of  operation  during  fiscal  1998.  The  Company has
identified up to 20 additional Baymont Inns & Suites that will be considered for
sale to new and existing franchisees over the next three

17


<PAGE>


years as part of the Company's strategy to emphasize growth through franchising.
In some  cases,  the Company may  continue to manage a sold  property  for a new
owner  under a  management  contract  for an agreed  upon  period.  The  Company
believes that this strategy will give its franchise  partners the opportunity to
develop a significant  market presence and will allow the Company to utilize the
sales  proceeds for other growth  opportunities,  including  developing  Baymont
properties in new markets.

The  limited-service  lodging  division's  operating  income decreased 27.9% and
11.1% during  fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998,  respectively,  excluding  the fiscal
1998 $3.9 million  before-tax  charge for Baymont name change  costs.  Operating
margins, excluding the Baymont name change costs, declined to 18.0%, compared to
24.4% and 29.5% in fiscal  1998 and 1997,  respectively,  due  primarily  to the
reductions  in RevPAR,  increased  payroll  costs from a tight labor  market and
increased  marketing  expenditures.  In  addition,   administrative  costs  have
increased due to recent  investments  in  information  technology and personnel,
including  sales staff,  incurred in  association  with the Baymont name change.
Offsetting these increased costs were improved  franchise  revenue and increased
operating income from the division's  Woodfield Suites  properties.  The Company
currently  expects  RevPAR for Baymont  Inns & Suites to remain below prior year
levels during the first half of fiscal 2000 due to the anticipated effect of the
increased room supply and the recent  re-positioning  of the brand. As a result,
operating  margins may decline again early in fiscal 2000 if costs increase at a
pace  exceeding  that of RevPAR  growth.  The Company  continues to believe that
RevPAR and operating  margins may stabilize  later in fiscal 2000 as the Company
completes  its  Baymont  brand  re-positioning  and as market  awareness  of the
Baymont name increases.

THEATRES

The Company's  oldest and second largest division is its theatre  division.  The
theatre division  contributed 30.7% of the Company's  consolidated  revenues and
35.5% of its consolidated  operating income,  excluding  corporate items, during
fiscal 1999. The theatre division operates motion picture theatres in Wisconsin,
Illinois,  Ohio and Minnesota,  and a family  entertainment center in Wisconsin.
The following tables set forth revenues,  operating  income,  operating  margin,
screens and theatres for the last three fiscal years:

                                     1999            1998            1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (in millions)
Revenues                           $111.2           $91.8           $80.6
Operating income                     20.4            19.7            16.9
Operating margin (% of revenues)     18.3%           21.4%           20.9%


                                              Number of screens
                                          and locations at year-end
                                     -------------------------------------
                                     1999            1998            1997
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Theatre screens                       428             361             297
Theatre locations                      48              46              40
Average screens per location          8.9             7.8             7.4
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total revenues in the theatre  division  increased 21.2% and 13.9% during fiscal
years 1999 and 1998, respectively,  principally as a result of adding additional
screens.  Consistent  with the Company's  long-term  strategic  plan to focus on
operating large multi-screen  theatres,  the Company added 73 new screens during
fiscal 1999,  including a new 17-screen  ultraplex in suburban  Columbus,  Ohio.
This ultraplex  represents the Company's  second theatre in the Columbus  market
and includes the Company's  first IMAX(R)  theatre.  The Company also  purchased
three  theatres  during  fiscal  1999 - a  10-screen  theatre  in  Milwaukee;  a
14-screen  theatre  in Elgin,  Illinois;  and a  10-screen  theatre  in  Wausau,
Wisconsin.  In addition, the Company added 23 screens to seven existing theatres
during  fiscal 1999 and converted  two screens at a suburban  Milwaukee  theatre
into its first  UltraScreen(TM)  - a 75-foot  wide,  32-foot high screen  nearly
three times the size of  traditional  theatre  screens.  During fiscal 1999, the
Company also converted a suburban Milwaukee theatre into a new Luxury Cinema(TM)
concept,  featuring  amenities  such as leather rocker seating with side tables,
gourmet foods, a lounge,  discounted  childcare,  concierge  service and weekend
valet parking.  As of May 27, 1999, the Company  operated 394 first-run  screens
and 34 budget screens. Compared to first-run theatres, budget theatres generally
have lower box office revenues and associated film costs, but higher  concession
sales as a percentage of box office revenue.

The  Company  added 66 new screens  during  fiscal  1998,  all during the fourth
quarter,  including a new 12-plex in Menomonee Falls,  Wisconsin and a 16-screen
theatre in Pickerington (Columbus), Ohio. During the final weeks of fiscal 1998,
the Company also completed the purchase of five suburban  Minneapolis/St.  Paul,
Minnesota  theatres  with a total of 38  screens  (32  first-run  and six budget
screens).  Upon  opening  the new  location  in  Menomonee  Falls,  the  Company
converted an existing  five-screen  complex in that city into a  budget-oriented
theatre.  The new screens  added  during  fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998  generated
additional revenues of $21.9 million and $8.5 million, respectively, compared to
the previous years.

Two theatres  with a total of six screens were closed during fiscal 1999 and one
theatre with two screens was closed  during fiscal 1998.  These closed  theatres
had minimal impact on operations in each year.

Revenues for the theatre business and the motion picture industry in general are
heavily  dependent on the general audience appeal of available  films,  together
with studio marketing, advertising and support campaigns, factors over which the
Company has no control.  This was particularly  evident in fiscal 1999.  Theatre
division revenues and

<PAGE>


operating  income  were up 36%  over  the  prior  year at the end of the  second
quarter,  due to the  strong  box  office  performance  of films  such as Saving
Private Ryan, There's Something About Mary, Armegeddon, Bug's Life and Waterboy.
With the exception of the film Patch Adams,  the lack of quality and quantity of
film product  during the second half of fiscal  1999,  however,  eliminated  the
majority of the division's  earlier  increases.  Negative  comparisons to fiscal
1998 results during that period were also greatly affected by the record-setting
box office  performance of the film Titanic during fiscal 1998. Film product did
improve  significantly  during the last weeks of fiscal 1999 with the release of
Star Wars I: The  Phantom  Menace and The  Matrix.  Additional  box office  hits
during fiscal 1998 included Men in Black,  Air Force One, Good Will Hunting,  As
Good As It Gets,  Tomorrow Never Dies, Lost World, My Best Friend's  Wedding and
Batman & Robin.  Each of the fiscal 1999 films  identified  produced  box office
receipts in excess of $1.5 million for the theatre  division during fiscal 1999.
Each of the fiscal 1998 films identified  produced box office receipts in excess
of $1.0 million for the theatre  division during fiscal 1998. The Company played
149, 162 and 166 films at its theatres  during fiscal years 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

Total box office receipts during fiscal 1999 were $74.0 million,  an increase of
$14.0 million,  or 23.4%, from $60.0 million during fiscal 1998. Fiscal 1998 box
office receipts increased $5.5 million, or 10.1%, compared to fiscal 1997. These
increases were  attributable  to 21.8% and 7.4%  increases in attendance  during
fiscal years 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The increases in attendance were due
to the increase in new screens each year. Attendance at the Company's comparable
locations  decreased  4.1%  during  fiscal  1999 and 1.4%  during  fiscal  1998,
compared to the previous  year.  Attendance  during  fiscal 1999 was  negatively
impacted  by a  major  winter  storm  on  New  Year's  weekend  during  what  is
traditionally  the  largest  theatre  attendance  week of the year.  The Company
estimates  that it lost  approximately  $2 million in revenues due to the storm.
Early in the third quarter of fiscal 1998, the Company experienced a fire at its
North Shore Cinema in Mequon, Wisconsin, resulting in the loss of 11 screens for
approximately five months in fiscal 1998.

The theatre  division's  average  ticket  price  increased  1.3% and 2.4% during
fiscal 1999 and fiscal  1998,  respectively,  compared  to the prior  year.  The
fiscal 1999 overall average ticket price increase was impacted by a reduction in
the average  ticket price at several of the Company's  budget-oriented  theatres
during the fiscal year.  First-run  theatre average ticket prices increased 2.2%
during fiscal 1999 and 1.4% during fiscal 1998, compared to the prior year.

Concession  revenues during fiscal 1999 were $33.4 million,  an increase of $6.4
million, or 23.9%, from $27.0 million during fiscal 1998. Fiscal 1998 concession
revenues increased $4.4 million,  or 19.4%, from fiscal 1997 concession revenues
of  $22.6  million.  Concession  revenues  increased  due to  increased  theatre
attendance  from the Company's  added screens and the 1.9% and 11.4% increase in
average  concession  sales  per  person  during  fiscal  years  1999  and  1998,
respectively.  Average  concession  sales per person are  impacted by changes in
concession  pricing,  types  of  films  played  and  changes  in  the  Company's
geographic mix of theatre locations.

The theatre  division's  operating  income increased 3.7% during fiscal 1999 and
16.7% during  fiscal 1998,  compared to the prior year results.  The  division's
operating margin decreased to 18.3%,  compared to 21.4% and 20.9% in fiscal 1998
and 1997,  respectively.  Fiscal 1999  operating  margins  were  impacted by the
disappointing  film product and increased  occupancy  expenses  associated  with
recent  capital  investments  in the  division.  Fiscal  1999  and  fiscal  1998
operating  income was  reduced by  pre-opening  expenses  of over  $700,000  and
$550,000, respectively, relating to the opening of new screens.

HOTELS and RESORTS

The  Company's  hotel and resort  division  contributed  22.4% of the  Company's
consolidated revenues and 14.1% of the Company's  consolidated operating income,
excluding  corporate  items,  during fiscal 1999. The hotel and resort  division
owns and operates two full-service  hotels in downtown Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  a
full-facility destination resort in Lake Geneva, Wisconsin and a boutique luxury
resort in Indian  Wells,  California.  In addition,  the Company  managed  three
hotels and a resort during fiscal 1999 and 1998, compared to three hotels during
fiscal 1997.  The  following  table sets forth  revenues,  operating  income and
operating  margin for the hotel and resort  division  for the last three  fiscal
years:

                                     1999            1998            1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                (in millions)
Revenues                            $81.2           $70.3           $60.2
Operating income                      8.1             7.9             5.5
Operating margin (% of revenues)     10.0%           11.2%            9.1%
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total revenues in the hotel and resort division increased 15.5% and 16.8% during
fiscal 1999 and fiscal  1998,  respectively,  compared  to the prior  year.  The
additional  week of operations  included in the  division's  fiscal 1997 results
contributed  an additional  $1.0 million to fiscal 1997 revenues and $230,000 to
the fiscal 1997 operating income. The division's operating income increased 2.9%
during fiscal 1999 and 44.1% during fiscal 1998,  compared to the previous year.
Increased  management  fees,  due to improved  results at the Company's  managed
properties,  contributed to the improved  operating  results during fiscal 1999.
Operating  margin  declined  in fiscal  1999 due to the impact of the first full
year of operation at the Miramonte Resort in Indian Wells, California.

Occupancy and average daily rate  increases at the division's  three  comparable
owned properties contributed to the increase in revenues and operating income in
both fiscal 1999 and fiscal 1998. As a result of the occupancy and

19
<PAGE>

average  daily rate  increases,  the  division's  total  RevPAR  for  comparable
properties increased 10.5% and 12.5% during fiscal 1999 and 1998,  respectively,
compared to the prior year.  Unlike the  limited-service  segment of the lodging
industry,  strong consumer demand in conjunction with relatively little increase
in room supply has resulted in strong operating results for owners and operators
of upper-end hotels and resorts during the past two years. The Company currently
believes  that its  RevPAR in the hotel and resort  division  will  continue  to
increase in fiscal 2000, but at a somewhat  slower rate. As a result,  operating
margins at comparable properties may increase during fiscal 2000.

The division  acquired a resort in Indian  Wells,  California in fiscal 1997 and
closed the  facility  for an  extensive  renovation.  The Company  reopened  the
property in January 1998 under the name Miramonte  Resort.  Fiscal 1999 and 1998
results were negatively impacted by approximately $2.0 million and $1.2 million,
respectively,  of  pre-opening  costs  and  start-up  operating  losses  at  the
Miramonte.  The Miramonte did not have a material effect on fiscal 1997 results.
All pre-opening  expenses were fully amortized  during fiscal 1999, which should
contribute to more favorable comparisons in operating income during fiscal 2000.
During fiscal 1998,  the Company  entered into a management  contract to operate
its first property in Michigan, the Mission Point Resort on Mackinac Island. The
Mission Point Resort is a seasonal  property and did not  materially  impact the
Company's  fiscal 1998 operating  results.  Fiscal 1997  operating  results were
favorably  impacted by reduced charges for  pre-opening  costs for the Milwaukee
Hilton (formerly the Marc Plaza) and increased management fees.

The Company began  construction  during fiscal 1999 on an extensive  addition to
the Hilton Milwaukee City Center. When completed, the hotel will have 750 rooms,
making it the largest  hotel in Wisconsin.  Scheduled to open in July 2000,  the
addition will also include  meeting  rooms, a family water park fun center and a
skywalk  to the  city's new  Midwest  Express  Convention  Center.  The  Company
anticipates  some  pre-opening  expenses  during  fiscal  2000  related  to this
project,  but does not  expect  that the amount  will have a material  impact on
fiscal 2000 operating  results.  Construction also commenced late in fiscal 1999
on the  division's  new  Hilton  Madison  at Monona  Terrace,  a 238- room hotel
connected  by  skywalk  to the  Monona  Terrace  Convention  Center in  Madison,
Wisconsin  and  scheduled to open late in fiscal  2001.  The Company does expect
pre-opening expenses during fiscal 2001 related to the opening of this new hotel
to have an adverse impact on fiscal 2001 division operating results. Plans for a
250-room  downtown  Chicago  luxury hotel  project that was to be developed  and
managed by the Company are being  re-evaluated due to current market  conditions
and higher than expected estimated project costs.

The Company recently began construction on a vacation  ownership  development at
the Grand Geneva  Resort & Spa,  representing  the  Company's  entrance into the
timesharing  business.  The Company will begin selling its first 24 units during
the summer of 1999,  with  construction of the units scheduled for completion by
the end of fiscal 2000.  The vacation  ownership  development is not expected to
materially  impact  operating  results in fiscal 2000,  but if sales efforts are
successful, may add to division operating income in fiscal 2001.

RESTAURANTS

The Company's restaurant division contributed 7.8% of the Company's consolidated
revenues and 5.9% of its  consolidated  operating  income,  excluding  corporate
items, during fiscal 1999. The restaurant  division has non-exclusive  franchise
rights to operate KFC  restaurants  in the  Milwaukee  metropolitan  area and in
northeast  Wisconsin.  The division  operated 27 KFC  restaurants  and three KFC
/Taco Bell 2-in-1  restaurants at the end of fiscal 1999, 30 KFC restaurants and
1 KFC  /Taco  Bell  2-in-1  restaurant  at the  end of  fiscal  1998  and 31 KFC
restaurants  at the  end of  fiscal  1997.  The  division  also  leases  several
Company-owned  restaurants to other restaurant  operators.  The following tables
set forth  revenues,  operating  income and operating  margin for the restaurant
division for the last three fiscal years:

                                     1999            1998            1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (in millions)
Revenues                            $28.5           $27.6           $26.8
Operating income                      3.4             3.6             2.7
Operating margin (% of revenues)     11.9%           12.9%           10.0%
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total revenues in the restaurant  division increased 3.2% and 2.9% during fiscal
years 1999 and 1998,  respectively,  compared to the previous  year.  Restaurant
division  revenues  included  annual  rental income from leased  restaurants  of
approximately  $1.5 million  during fiscal 1999 and 1998 and $1.7 million during
fiscal 1997. The restaurant  division's  operating  income decreased 4.9% during
fiscal 1999 and  increased  32.7% during  fiscal 1998,  compared to the previous
year.  Although  operating  income from the Company's KFC restaurants  increased
during  fiscal  1999,  the  restaurant   division's  reported  operating  income
decreased due  primarily to a one-time  insurance  adjustment  from a prior year
claim that was settled during fiscal 1999.

The Company's KFC restaurants  experienced a 3.6% and 3.5% increase in aggregate
revenues  during  fiscal  years  1999 and 1998,  respectively,  compared  to the
previous  year.  Excluding  $300,000 of decreased  revenues  during  fiscal 1999
resulting from the sale of one KFC restaurant,  same store KFC restaurant  sales
increased  5.0% during fiscal 1999.  Same store KFC guest counts  increased 1.9%
and 2.1% during fiscal 1999 and 1998,  respectively,  due to increased snack and
lunch-time traffic, the consumer appeal of the KFC /Taco Bell 2-in-1 concept and
the introduction of several new franchisor products. Average

<PAGE>

guest checks increased in both fiscal 1999 and 1998 over previous year levels.

The  Company's  comparable  KFC  restaurants  experienced  a  2.4%  increase  in
aggregate  operating  income  during fiscal 1999,  compared to a 41.9%  increase
during fiscal 1998.  Increased  food costs  resulting from higher chicken prices
limited the increase in operating income in fiscal 1999. The improved  operating
results  in fiscal  1998 were  primarily  the result of the  increased  customer
counts and average guest checks, significantly reduced food costs resulting from
favorable  chicken  pricing and the  successful  conversion  of an existing  KFC
restaurant into the Company's first KFC /Taco Bell 2-in-1 unit in June 1997. The
Company converted two additional KFC restaurants into KFC/Taco Bell 2-in-1 units
and sold one KFC restaurant during fiscal 1999.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The Company's  lodging,  movie theatre and restaurant  businesses  each generate
significant and consistent daily amounts of cash because each segment's  revenue
is derived predominantly from consumer cash purchases. The Company believes that
these consistent and predictable cash sources, together with the availability to
the  Company of $83  million  of unused  credit  lines at fiscal  1999 year end,
should be adequate to support the  ongoing  operational  liquidity  needs of the
Company's businesses. The Company increased its credit lines during fiscal 1999,
replacing  several separate lines totaling $90 million with a new five-year $125
million  revolving credit agreement.

Net cash provided by operating  activities decreased by $11.7 million, or 16.4%,
to $60.0 million in fiscal 1999,  compared to $71.7 million in fiscal 1998.  The
decrease was primarily the result of timing  differences in payments of accounts
payable, net of receipts of accounts and notes receivable.

Net cash used in investing  activities in fiscal 1999 increased by $500,000,  or
0.5%, to $106.7 million. Total capital expenditures (including normal continuing
capital  maintenance  projects and business  acquisitions) of $111.8 million and
$115.9  million  were  incurred in fiscal 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  Capital
expenditures and business acquisitions during fiscal 1999 included $29.7 million
incurred on limited-service lodging division projects,  $64.5 million on theatre
division  projects  and $14.1  million  on hotel and resort  division  projects.
During  fiscal  1998,  $25.2  million was  incurred on  limited-service  lodging
division projects,  $59.4 million on theatre division projects and $24.9 million
on hotel and resort division projects. Total capital expenditures in fiscal 2000
are expected to exceed fiscal 1999 expenditures and are expected to be funded by
cash  generated  from  operations,  net  proceeds  from the disposal of selected
assets and additional debt,  including  additional  institutional  debt from the
Company's  private  placement  program and  borrowings  under the  Company's new
revolving credit facility.  The mix of fiscal 2000 capital  expenditures between
segments is currently not anticipated to be significantly  different than fiscal
1999 capital expenditures, with the exception of an increase in capital spending
in  the  hotel  and  resort  division  due to the  major  construction  projects
currently underway.

During  fiscal  1999,  the Company  expended  $3.2  million for the  purchase of
interests in several joint  ventures in the  limited-service  lodging  division.
During  fiscal 1998,  the Company  acquired $2.6 million in cash pursuant to the
acquisition of operating assets of a related company,  Guest House Inn, Inc. The
Company  issued  610,173  shares of its  Common  Stock in  conjunction  with the
acquisition.  Cash proceeds from the disposals of property,  equipment and other
assets  totaled  $10.5  million and $6.1  million  during  fiscal 1999 and 1998,
respectively.

Principally  as a result of  funding  a portion  of the  Company's  fiscal  1999
facility  expansions  and  renovations,  the Company's  total debt  increased to
$274.7  million at the close of fiscal 1999,  compared to $215.9  million at the
end of fiscal 1998.  Net cash  provided by financing  activities  in fiscal 1999
totaled $45.5 million,  compared to $31.1 million in fiscal 1998.  During fiscal
1999,  the Company  received  $76.9 million of net proceeds from the issuance of
notes payable and long-term debt,  compared to $54.7 million during fiscal 1998.
Included in the fiscal 1999  proceeds  was $40  million in  principal  of senior
unsecured  long-term  notes  privately  placed with two  institutional  lenders.
Fiscal  1998  proceeds  included  $30  million  in  principal  amount  of senior
unsecured long-term notes privately placed with two institutional  lenders.  The
Company has the ability to issue up to $45 million of  additional  senior  notes
under its private placement program.  The Company used a portion of the proceeds
from its issued senior notes to pay off existing  short-term debt,  resulting in
total principal payments on notes payable and long-term debt of $18.9 million in
fiscal 1999 and $16.5  million in fiscal  1998.  The Company  expects to use the
remaining  proceeds to help fund the  Company's  ongoing  expansion  plans.  The
Company's  debt-capitalization  ratio was 0.47 at May 27, 1999, compared to 0.42
at the prior fiscal year end.

During  fiscal 1999,  the Company  repurchased  490,000 of its common shares for
approximately  $7.2  million  in the open  market  pursuant  to a  long-standing
existing repurchase program and a recently announced new repurchase program. The
Company  announced  in the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  1999  that its Board of
Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 1 million  additional shares of
the Company's  outstanding  common  stock.  The  repurchases  are expected to be
executed on the open market or in privately  negotiated  transactions  depending
upon a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions.
21
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
EARNINGS
                                                       Years ended
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           May 27,      May 28,      May 29,
                                              1999         1998         1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (in thousands, except per share data)
REVENUES:
  Rooms and telephone                    $ 173,305    $ 171,668    $ 156,689
  Theatre admissions                        74,011       59,969       54,495
  Theatre concessions                       33,413       26,968       22,587
  Food and beverage                         51,979       48,346       45,401
  Other income                              30,219       27,888       23,601
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenues                             362,927      334,839      302,773

COSTS and EXPENSES:
  Rooms and telephone                       70,117       66,644       58,752
  Theatre operations                        58,150       46,231       41,714
  Theatre concessions                        8,419        7,321        6,634
  Food and beverage                         37,016       34,670       33,154
  Advertising and marketing                 26,136       22,875       20,052
  Administrative                            38,606       32,387       27,108
  Depreciation and amortization             38,258       32,904       28,903
  Rent (Note 9)                              3,303        2,739        2,435
  Property taxes                            13,856       12,300       10,175
  Pre-opening expenses                       1,810        2,057        2,310
  Other operating expenses                  15,420       13,192       10,805
  Baymont name change (Note 3)                  --        3,900           --
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total costs and expenses                   311,091      277,220      242,042
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING INCOME                            51,836       57,619       60,731
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Investment income                            783          834        1,584
  Interest expense                         (16,848)     (12,616)     (11,597)
  Gain on disposition of property
   and equipment (Note 2)                    3,096        1,547          488
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           (12,969)     (10,235)      (9,525)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                38,867       47,384       51,206
INCOME TAXES (Note 8)                       15,723       18,940       20,325
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET EARNINGS                             $  23,144    $  28,444    $  30,881
================================================================================
NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  Basic                                  $     .77    $     .95    $    1.05
  Diluted                                      .77          .94         1.04
================================================================================
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES
  OUTSTANDING
  Basic                                     30,005       30,046       29,525
  Diluted                                   30,105       30,293       29,745
================================================================================

See accompanying notes.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
                                                                              May 27        May 28,
                                                                                1999           1998
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                $   3,499      $   4,678
  Accounts and notes receivable (Note 4)                                      11,059         14,294
  Receivables from joint ventures (Note 10)                                    1,739          1,288
  Refundable income taxes                                                      6,041          4,385
  Other current assets                                                         4,400          3,773
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                          26,738         28,418

Property and equipment, net (Note 4)                                         611,213        559,996
Other assets:
  Investments in joint ventures (Notes 9 and 10)                               2,045          1,496
  Other                                                                       36,120         18,594
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total other assets                                                            38,165         20,090
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                               $ 676,116      $ 608,504
=========================================================================================================

LIABILITIES and SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Notes payable (Note 10)                                                  $   4,479      $   5,255
  Accounts payable                                                            22,958         26,385
  Taxes other than income taxes                                                9,575         11,404
  Accrued compensation                                                         2,617          2,643
  Other accrued liabilities                                                    9,287         10,072
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 5)                               10,470         10,277
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                     59,386         66,036

Long-term debt (Note 5)                                                      264,270        205,632
Deferred income taxes (Note 8)                                                31,405         26,479
Deferred compensation and other (Note 7)                                       7,481          7,826
Commitments, license rights and contingencies (Note 9)
Shareholders' equity (Note 6):
  Preferred Stock, $1 par; authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued
  Common Stock:
    Common Stock, $1 par;  authorized 50,000,000 shares;
      issued 18,680,508 shares in 1999 and 18,511,866 shares in 1998          18,681         18,512
    Class B Common Stock, $1 par; authorized 33,000,000 shares; issued
      and outstanding 12,509,014 shares in 1999 and 12,677,656 shares
      in 1998                                                                 12,509         12,678
  Capital in excess of par                                                    40,685         40,265
  Retained earnings                                                          252,498        235,708
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                          (214)            --
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             324,159        307,163
  Less cost of Common Stock in treasury (1,280,676 shares in 1999 and
    944,544 shares in 1998)                                                  (10,585)        (4,632)
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                   313,574        302,531
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                 $ 676,116      $ 608,504
=========================================================================================================

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

23
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                              Three Years ended May 27, 1999
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 Accumulated
                                                          Class B       Capital                        Other
                                               Common      Common     in Excess    Retained    Comprehensive     Treasury
                                                Stock       Stock        of Par    Earnings             Loss        Stock     Total
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                (in thousands)

<S>                                           <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>              <C>          <C>       <C>
BALANCES at MAY 30, 1996                      $17,294     $13,286       $28,639    $195,643         $      -     $ (3,614) $251,248
 Cash dividends:
   $.18 per share Class B
        Common Stock                                -           -             -      (2,409)               -            -    (2,409)
   $.20 per share Common Stock                      -           -             -      (3,255)               -            -    (3,255)
 Exercise of stock options                          -           -           127           -                -          251       378
 Purchase of treasury stock                         -           -             -           -                -         (214)     (214)
 Savings and profit-sharing
   contribution                                     -           -           383           -                -          115       498
 Reissuance of treasury stock                       -           -           128           -                -           38       166
 Conversions of Class B
   Common Stock                                   224        (224)            -           -                -            -         -
 Net earnings                                       -           -             -      30,881                -            -    30,881
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES at MAY 29, 1997                       17,518      13,062        29,277     220,860                -       (3,424)  277,293
 Cash dividends:
   $.20 per share Class B
        Common Stock                                -           -             -      (2,522)               -            -    (2,522)
   $.22 per share Common Stock                      -           -             -      (3,756)               -            -    (3,756)
 Exercise of stock options                          -           -           339           -                -        1,107     1,446
 Purchase of treasury stock                         -           -             -           -                -       (2,504)   (2,504)
 Savings and profit-sharing
   contribution                                     -           -           464           -                -          118       582
 Reissuance of treasury
   stock                                            -           -           266           -                -           71       337
 Conversions of Class B
   Common Stock                                   384        (384)            -           -                -            -         -
 Guest House Inn, Inc.
   acquisition (Note 2)                           610           -         9,919      (7,318)               -            -     3,211
 Net earnings                                       -           -             -      28,444                -            -    28,444
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES at MAY 28, 1998                       18,512      12,678        40,265     235,708                -       (4,632)  302,531
 Cash dividends:
   $.20 per share Class B
        Common Stock                                -           -             -      (2,524)               -            -    (2,524)
   $.22 per share Common Stock                      -           -             -      (3,830)               -            -    (3,830)
 Exercise of stock options                          -           -            54           -                -          592       646
 Purchase of treasury stock                         -           -             -           -                -       (7,169)   (7,169)
 Savings and profit-sharing
   contribution                                     -           -           208           -                -          438       646
 Reissuance of treasury stock                       -           -           158           -                -          186       344
 Conversions of Class B
   Common Stock                                   169        (169)            -           -                -            -         -
 Components of comprehensive
   income (loss):
   Net earnings                                     -           -             -      23,144                -            -    23,144
   Change in unrealized loss on available
     for sale investments, net of tax               -           -             -           -             (214)           -      (214)
 Total comprehensive income                                                                                                  22,930
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES at MAY 27, 1999                      $18,681     $12,509       $40,685    $252,498          $  (214)    $(10,585) $313,574
====================================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
CASH FLOWS
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Years ended
                                                               -------------------------------------
                                                                 May 27,       May 28,       May 29,
                                                                    1999          1998          1997
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net earnings                                                   $  23,144     $  28,444      $ 30,881
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  (Earnings) losses on investments in joint ventures,
    net of distributions                                             221           (57)         (144)
  Gain on disposition of property and equipment                   (3,096)       (1,547)         (488)
  Impairment of property and equipment                                --         1,521            --
  Depreciation and amortization                                   38,258        32,904        28,903
  Deferred income taxes                                            4,926         4,054         2,398
  Deferred compensation and other                                  1,712           400         1,239
  Contribution of Company stock to savings
    and profit-sharing plan                                          646           582           498
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
     Accounts and notes receivable                                 2,489        (8,763)        3,249
     Other current assets                                           (627)         (182)       (1,128)
     Accounts payable                                             (3,427)       16,094        (5,355)
     Income taxes                                                 (1,656)       (4,437)       (1,341)
     Taxes other than income taxes                                (1,829)        2,107           974
     Accrued compensation                                            (26)        1,373          (110)
     Other accrued liabilities                                      (785)         (814)        1,534
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total adjustments                                                 36,806        43,235        30,229
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                         59,950        71,679        61,110

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures, including business acquisitions           (111,843)     (115,880)     (107,514)
Net proceeds from disposals of property,
  equipment and other assets                                      10,509         6,093         3,783
Purchase of interest in joint ventures                            (3,178)           --            --
(Increase) decrease in other assets                               (1,688)        1,280        (4,602)
Cash acquired pursuant to Guest House Inn, Inc. acquisition           --         2,589            --
Cash received from (advanced to) joint ventures                     (451)         (222)        3,824
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                           (106,651)     (106,140)     (104,509)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Debt transactions:
  Net proceeds from issuance of notes payable
    and long-term debt                                            76,944        54,665        99,857
  Principal payments on notes payable and long-term debt         (18,889)      (16,518)      (58,599)
Equity transactions:
  Treasury stock transactions, except for stock options           (6,825)       (2,167)          (48)
  Exercise of stock options                                          646         1,446           378
  Dividends paid                                                  (6,354)       (6,278)       (5,664)
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                         45,522        31,148        35,924
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                         (1,179)       (3,313)       (7,475)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                     4,678         7,991        15,466
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                       $   3,499     $   4,678      $  7,991
======================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

25

<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS and SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description  of  Business - The Marcus  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  (the
Company) operate principally in four business segments:

    Limited-Service  Lodging:  Operates and franchises  lodging facilities under
    the  names  Baymont  Inns,  Baymont  Inns &  Suites  and  Woodfield  Suites,
    primarily located in the eastern half of the United States.

    Theatres:  Operates  multi-screen  motion  picture  theatres  and  a  family
    entertainment center in Wisconsin, Illinois, Ohio and Minnesota.

    Hotels/Resorts:  Owns and  operates  full  service  hotels  and  resorts  in
    Wisconsin  and  California  and manages full  service  hotels and resorts in
    Wisconsin, Minnesota, Michigan and California.

    Restaurants:  Operates KFC restaurants under a license agreement for certain
    areas in the state of Wisconsin.

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts of The Marcus  Corporation and all of its subsidiaries.  Investments in
50%-owned  affiliates are accounted for on the equity method.  All  intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year - The Company  reports on a 52/53-week year ending the last Thursday
of May.  The  Restaurants  segment  had a  53-week  year  in  fiscal  1998.  The
Limited-Service Lodging and Hotels/Resorts segments had a 53-week year in fiscal
1997. All other segments had 52-week years in each period.

Cash  Equivalents - The Company  considers all highly  liquid  investments  with
maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash  equivalents.  Cash
equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates market.

Pre-opening  Costs - Certain  costs  incurred  prior to opening new or remodeled
motels and remodeled  hotels were deferred and charged to operations over the 12
months  subsequent to the opening.  Similar expenses incurred in connection with
the opening and remodeling of theatres and restaurants were deferred and charged
to operations at the time of opening.

In April 1998, the AICPA issued Statement of Position (SOP) 98-5,  "Reporting on
the  Costs of  Start-Up  Activities."  The SOP is  effective  for  fiscal  years
beginning  after December 15, 1998 and requires that start-up costs  capitalized
prior to adoption of the SOP be written off and any future  costs be expensed as
incurred.  As of May 27, 1999, the Company had amortized all previously deferred
start-up costs, and will expense all future costs.

Long-Lived Assets - The Company  periodically  considers  whether  indicators of
impairment of long-lived  assets held for use (including  goodwill) are present.
If such indicators are present,  the Company  determines  whether the sum of the
estimated  undiscounted  future cash flows  attributable  to such assets is less
than their carrying amounts.  The Company recognizes any impairment losses based
on the excess of the  carrying  amount of the assets over their fair value.  The
Company  evaluated  the ongoing  value of its property and  equipment  and other
long-lived assets as of May 27, 1999 and May 28, 1998, and determined that there
was no significant impact on the Company's results of operations, other than the
Baymont name change costs described in Note 3.

Investments  - Available  for sale  securities  are stated at fair market value,
with  unrealized  gains and losses  reported  as a  component  of  shareholders'
equity.  The cost of securities  sold is based upon the specific  identification
method.  Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than
temporary are included in investment income.

Management Fees - Amounts earned are included in the consolidated  statements of
earnings as other income.

Depreciation  and  Amortization - Depreciation  and amortization of property and
equipment  is  provided  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  following
estimated useful lives:

                                            Years
- - ---------------------------------------------------
Land improvements                          10 - 39
Buildings and improvements                 10 - 39
Leasehold improvements                      3 - 39
Furniture, fixtures and equipment           3 - 20
- - ---------------------------------------------------

Advertising  and  Marketing  Costs - The Company  expenses all  advertising  and
marketing costs as incurred.

<PAGE>
Net Earnings Per Share - The numerator for the  calculation of basic and diluted
earnings  per  share  is net  earnings  and the  denominator  is the  respective
weighted average shares  outstanding.  The difference  between basic and diluted
weighted  average shares  outstanding  is the dilutive  effect of employee stock
options.

Options to purchase 499,994 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $14.94
to $18.13 per share were  outstanding  at May 27, 1999 but were not  included in
the  computation  of diluted  earnings per share  because the options'  exercise
price was  greater  than the  average  market  price of the common  shares  and,
therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.

Comprehensive  Income - The Company  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," which establishes
the  standards  for  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its
components  (revenue,  expenses,  gains  and  losses)  as part of a full  set of
financial  statements.  SFAS No. 130 had no impact on the  Company's  results of
operations,  financial position or cash flows.  Accumulated other  comprehensive
loss presented in the  accompanying  balance sheets  consists of the accumulated
net unrealized losses on available for sale securities.

New Accounting Pronouncements - In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging
Activities,"  which is required to be adopted in years  beginning after June 15,
2000.  The  statement  will  require the Company to recognize  all  derivatives,
including  interest  rate swaps,  on the balance  sheet at fair value,  with the
offset going through income or other comprehensive income based on the nature of
the hedged item. Because of the Company's minimal use of derivatives, management
does  not  anticipate  that  the  adoption  of the  new  statement  will  have a
significant  effect  on  the  Company's   financial   condition  or  results  of
operations.

Capitalization   of  Interest  -  The  Company   capitalizes   interest   during
construction  periods  by  adding  such  interest  to the cost of  property  and
equipment.  Interest of  approximately  $761,000,  $1,601,000 and $1,320,000 was
capitalized in fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Use of Estimates - The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications  - Certain  fiscal  1997 and  fiscal  1998  amounts  have been
reclassified to conform to the fiscal 1999 presentation.

2. ACQUISITION

On October 1, 1997,  the Company  issued 610,173 shares of Common Stock to Guest
House Inn, Inc. (GHI) in exchange for all of the net operating assets of GHI and
issued  449,320 new shares of Class B Common  Stock to GHI in  exchange  for the
cancellation  of the  existing  449,320  shares of Class B Common Stock owned by
GHI. Share data has been adjusted to reflect the three-for-two  stock split (see
Note 6). GHI was owned and  controlled  by certain  officers,  directors  and/or
principal  controlling  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Based  on  this  common
ownership and control, for financial reporting purposes the assets acquired from
GHI were  recorded at the  historical  book value of GHI rather than fair value.
The common  shares issued to complete  this  transaction  were recorded at their
fair value and the excess of this fair value over the  historical  book value of
the assets acquired was recorded as a distribution.

3. BAYMONT NAME CHANGE

On February 10, 1998, the Company announced the name change of its Budgetel Inns
to Baymont Inns and Baymont Inns & Suites.  This change was effective in January
1999.  As a result of the name  change,  the  Company  recorded  a $3.9  million
pre-tax  charge in fiscal  1998 for the  write-off  of  existing  signage  ($1.5
million),  assistance  provided to franchisees ($1.4 million) and other one-time
expenses associated with the name change.

4.  ADDITIONAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

The composition of accounts and notes receivable is as follows:

                                             May 27,              May 28,
                                               1999                 1998
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (in thousands)
Trade receivables                           $ 5,888              $ 7,549
Notes receivable                                679                  646
Employee advances                                14                2,257
Other receivables                             4,478                3,842
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $11,059              $14,294
==========================================================================
27
<PAGE>
The  composition  of  property  and  equipment,  which is
stated at cost,  is as follows:

                                             May 27,              May 28,
                                               1999                 1998
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (in thousands)
Land and improvements                      $ 88,221             $ 85,282
Buildings and improvements                  478,576              440,737
Leasehold improvements                        9,904                9,355
Furniture, fixtures and
  equipment                                 213,408              187,341
Construction in progress                     28,620               27,510
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            818,729              750,225
Less accumulated depreciation
  and amortization                          207,516              190,229
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $611,213             $559,996
==========================================================================

5. LONG-TERM DEBT


Long-term debt is summarized as follows:
                                             May 27,              May 28,
                                               1999                 1998
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (in thousands)
Mortgage notes due to 2008                  $ 5,768             $ 11,564
Industrial Development Revenue
  Bonds due to 2006                           6,250                6,686
Senior notes due May 31, 2005,
  with monthly principal and interest
  payments of $362,346, bearing
  interest at 10.22%                         19,637               21,854

Senior notes                                155,000              115,000

Unsecured term notes                         40,621               46,625
Commercial paper                             37,464               12,180
Revolving credit agreements                  10,000                2,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            274,740              215,909
Less current maturities                      10,470               10,277
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $264,270             $205,632
==========================================================================

Substantially  all of the mortgage notes,  both fixed rate and adjustable,  bear
interest from 6.65% to 9.25% at May 27, 1999. The Industrial Development Revenue
Bonds,  both fixed rate and  adjustable,  bear interest  from 6.4% to 8.8%.  The
mortgage notes and the Industrial  Development  Revenue Bonds are secured by the
related land, buildings and equipment.

The $155 million of senior notes mature in 2008  through  2014,  require  annual
principal payments in varying installments  beginning October 15, 2000, and bear
interest payable  semiannually at fixed rates ranging from 6.66% to 7.51% with a
weighted average fixed rate of 7.13%.

The Company has unsecured term notes outstanding as follows:

                                                    May 27,       May 28,
                                                      1999          1998
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (in thousands)
Note due May 31,  2004,  with  quarterly
principal  payments of  $781,250.
The variable  interest  rate is based on
the LIBOR rate with an effective rate of 5.81%
at May 27, 1999 and is payable quarterly.          $14,844       $17,969

Note due February 1, 2004, with quarterly
principal  payments of $714,286 due beginning
May 1, 2000. The variable interest rate is based
on the LIBOR rate with an effective rate of
6.06% at May 27, 1999 and is payable quarterly.     20,000        20,000

Note due October 1, 2000, with quarterly
principal payments of $750,000.The variable
interest rate is based on the LIBOR rate with an
effective rate of 5.75%at May 27, 1999 and is
payable quarterly.                                   4,500         7,500

Note due April 28, 2003, with monthly
payments of $20,267, including interest at 2%.         893         1,156

Note due March 25, 2004, with monthly
payments of $7,733, including interest at 6%.          384             -
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $40,621       $46,625
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company issues  commercial paper through  agreements with two banks, up to a
maximum of $40,000,000,  which bears interest at rates ranging from 4.9% to 5.1%
at May 27,  1999.  The  agreements  require the Company to maintain  unused bank
lines of credit at least equal to the principal amount of outstanding commercial
paper.

At May 27, 1999,  the Company had credit lines totaling  $130,000,000  in place.
Borrowings on the  $125,000,000  line,  which total  $5,000,000 at May 27, 1999,
bear  interest  at LIBOR  plus a margin  which  adjusts  based on the  Company's
borrowing levels  (effectively 5.49% at May 27, 1999). This agreement matures in
2004 and requires an annual facility fee of .2% on the total  commitment.  Based
on borrowings and commercial paper outstanding,  availability under this line at
May 27, 1999 totaled $82,536,000. The remaining $5,000,000 line, all of which is
outstanding at May 27, 1999, bears interest at a bank's

<PAGE>

reference rate (effectively 7.75% at May 27, 1999) and is due on demand.

The Company has the ability and intent to replace  commercial paper  borrowings,
certain  revolving  credit  borrowings  and certain  other  long-term  debt with
long-term borrowings under its $125,000,000 revolving credit facility agreement.
Accordingly,  the Company has  classified  these  borrowings at May 27, 1999, as
long-term.

Scheduled  annual  principal  payments  on  long-term  debt for the  five  years
subsequent to May 27, 1999, are:

Fiscal Year                         (in thousands)
- - --------------------------------------------------
2000                                   $10,470
2001                                    19,036
2002                                    20,888
2003                                    19,700
2004                                    71,568
- - --------------------------------------------------

Interest  paid,  net of  amounts  capitalized,  in 1999,  1998 and 1997  totaled
$16,363,000, $13,179,000 and $10,985,000, respectively.

The  Company  has a swap  agreement  covering  $4,500,000,  which is  reduced by
$750,000  quarterly,  expires  October 2, 2000,  and requires the Company to pay
interest at a defined fixed rate of 5.08% while receiving  interest at a defined
variable rate of three-month LIBOR (5.07% at May 27, 1999). The Company also has
a swap agreement covering  $7,500,000 which expires August 6, 2001, and requires
the  Company to pay  interest at a defined  fixed rate of 6.56% while  receiving
interest  at a defined  variable  rate of  three-month  LIBOR  (5.07% at May 27,
1999).  Together,  these swap agreements  effectively convert $12,000,000 of the
Company's  variable  rate  unsecured  term notes to a fixed  rate.  The  Company
recorded the net interest  expense related to these swap agreements as incurred,
totaling $63,000,  $3,000 and $4,000 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The
accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet at May 27, 1999,  does not reflect the
fair market value of the remaining swap  agreements as determined by the lender,
which totals a liability of approximately  $142,000. The carrying amounts of the
Company's   long-term  debt,  based  on  the  respective  rates  and  prepayment
provisions of the senior notes, approximate their fair value.

6.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Company's Board of Directors declared a three-for-two stock split,  effected
in the form of a 50% stock  dividend,  which was distributed on December 5, 1997
to all holders of Common and Class B Common Stock.  Shareholders' equity and all
share and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect these dividends.

Shareholders  may convert  their  shares of Class B Common  Stock into shares of
Common Stock at any time. Class B Common Stock  shareholders  are  substantially
restricted in their ability to transfer  their Class B Common Stock.  Holders of
Common  Stock are  entitled  to cash  dividends  per share  equal to 110% of all
dividends  declared and paid on each share of the Class B Common Stock.  Holders
of Class B Common  Stock are  entitled to ten votes per share  while  holders of
Common  Stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matters  brought  before
the  shareholders  of the  Company.  Liquidation  rights  are the  same for both
classes of stock.

Shareholders  have  approved the  issuance of up to  1,237,500  shares of Common
Stock under various stock option plans. The options generally become exercisable
40% after two  years,  60% after  three  years  and 80% after  four  years.  The
remaining options are exercisable five years after the date of the grant. At May
27, 1999 and May 28, 1998, there were 733,117 and 918,980 shares,  respectively,
available for grants under the plans.

The Company has elected to follow  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees"  (APB No. 25), in accounting for its
employee  stock  options.  Under APB No. 25,  because the exercise  price of the
Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock
on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

Pro forma information  regarding net earnings and earnings per share required by
SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation," has been determined as
if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value
method of that statement.  The fair value for these options was estimated at the
date of grant using a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model with the  following
assumptions for 1999, 1998 and 1997,  respectively:  risk-free interest rates of
4.6%, 5.2% and 5.3%; dividend yield of 1.3% in all years;  volatility factors of
the expected market price of the Company's common stock of 49% for 1999, 48% for
1998 and 55% for 1997, and an expected life of the option of  approximately  six
years. Based on this analysis, the impact on net earnings and earnings per share
is immaterial.

29
<PAGE>

A summary  of the  Company's  stock  option  activity  and  related  information
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            May 27, 1999             May 28,1998              May 29, 1997
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Weighted-                Weighted-                Weighted-
                                     Average                  Average                  Average
                                    Exercise                 Exercise                 Exercise
                        Options        Price    Options         Price    Options         Price
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (options in thousands)
<S>                        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>
Outstanding at
  beginning of year         840       $13.04         828       $11.72        759       $10.75
Granted                     203        16.83         180        16.52        126        16.67
Exercised                   (79)        8.54        (145)        9.48        (44)        9.15
Forfeited                   (17)       16.41         (23)       15.34        (13)       13.15
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
  end of year               947       $14.17         840       $13.04        828       $11.72
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable at
  end of year               458       $11.91         389       $10.66        371       $10.61
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted-average
  fair value of options
  granted during year            $ 7.88                   $ 7.77                  $ 8.64
==============================================================================================
</TABLE>

Exercise prices for options  outstanding as of May 27, 1999 ranged from $6.67 to
$18.13. The weighted-average  remaining contractual life of those options is 6.7
years.  Additional  information  related to these options segregated by exercise
price range is as follows:

                                             Exercise Price Range
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   $6.67 to     $10.8751 to          $14.51 to
                                   $10.875       $14.50               $18.125
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding                116,949       333,469              496,094
Weighted-average exercise
  price of options
  outstanding                        $8.49        $12.36               $16.73
Weighted-average remaining
  contractual life of
  options outstanding                  3.7           5.3                  8.1
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options exercisable                116,949       277,131               64,344
Weighted-average exercise
  price of options
  exercisable                      $  8.49        $12.23              $ 16.73
================================================================================

The Company's Board of Directors has approved the aggregate  repurchase of up to
2,687,500 shares of Common Stock to be held in treasury.  The Company intends to
reissue  these  shares upon the  exercise  of stock  options and for savings and
profit-sharing contributions.  The Company purchased 490,360, 145,297 and 13,751
shares   pursuant  to  these   authorizations   during  1999,   1998  and  1997,
respectively.  At  May  27,  1999,  there  were  872,113  shares  available  for
repurchase under these authorizations.

The Board has  authorized  the issuance of up to 750,000  shares of Common Stock
for The Marcus  Corporation  Dividend  Reinvestment and Associate Stock Purchase
Plan. At May 27, 1999, there were 695,322 shares available under
this authorization.

The Company's loan agreements  include,  among other covenants,  restrictions on
retained  earnings and maintenance of certain financial ratios. At May 27, 1999,
retained earnings of approximately $76,487,000 were unrestricted.

7.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has a qualified  profit-sharing  savings plan (401(k) plan) covering
eligible employees.  The 401(k) plan provides for a contribution of a minimum of
1% of defined  compensation  for all plan  participants  and  matching of 25% of
employee  contributions  up to 6% of  defined  compensation.  In  addition,  the
Company  may make  additional  discretionary  contributions.  The  Company  also
sponsors unfunded  nonqualified defined benefit and deferred compensation plans.
Pension and profit-sharing expense for all plans was $1,825,000,  $1,814,000 and
$1,485,000 for fiscal 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

8.  INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense consists of the following:

                                            Year ended
                             ---------------------------------------
                               May 27,        May 28,        May 29,
                                1999            1998           1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (in thousands)
Currently payable:
Federal                       $8,616         $12,173        $14,415
State                          2,181           2,713          3,512
Deferred                       4,926           4,054          2,398
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
                             $15,723         $18,940        $20,325
====================================================================

The  Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  based upon the
expected  future  tax  consequences  of events  that have been  included  in the
financial  statements or tax returns.  Under the liability method,  deferred tax
assets and  liabilities  are  determined  based on the  difference  between  the
financial  statement and tax basis of assets and  liabilities  using enacted tax
rates for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

<PAGE>

The components of the net deferred tax liability were as follows:

                                             May 27,              May 28,
                                               1999                 1998
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
  Accrued employee benefits                 $ 2,586              $ 2,140
  Other                                         813                1,419
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets                     3,399                3,559

Deferred tax liability -
  Depreciation and amortization              34,804               30,038
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax liability
  included in balance sheet                $ 31,405              $26,479
==========================================================================

A  reconciliation  of the  statutory  federal tax rate to the effective tax rate
follows:

                                                  Year ended
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                    May 27,          May 28,          May 29,
                                     1999             1998             1997
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Statutory federal tax rate           35.0%             35.0%           35.0%
State income taxes,
  net of federal income
  tax benefit                         5.5               5.1             5.1
Other                                   -               (.1)            (.4)
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     40.5%             40.0%           39.7%
==============================================================================

Income taxes paid in 1999,  1998 and 1997 totaled  $11,760,000,  $19,323,000 and
$19,268,000, respectively.

9.  COMMITMENTS, LICENSE RIGHTS and CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments - The Company leases real estate under various  noncancellable
operating leases with an initial term greater than one year.  Percentage rentals
are based on the revenues at the specific rented property.

Certain sublease  agreements include buyout incentives.  Rent expense charged to
operations under these leases was as follows:

                                                   Year ended
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                  May 27,             May 28,           May 29,
                                   1999                1998               1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (in thousands)
Fixed minimum rentals             $3,231               $2,733            $2,282
Percentage rentals                   203                  188               335
Sublease rental income              (131)                (182)             (182)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $3,303               $2,739            $2,435
================================================================================

Payments to affiliated parties for lease obligations were approximately $44,000,
$144,000 and $492,000 in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Aggregate minimum rental commitments at May 27, 1999, are as follows:

  Fiscal Year                                 (in thousands)
- - -------------------------------------------------------------
     2000                                         $ 2,075
     2001                                           2,096
     2002                                           2,124
     2003                                           1,882
     2004                                           1,219
     After 2004                                    16,311
- - -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  $25,707
=============================================================

Included in the above  commitments is $484,000 in minimum rental  commitments to
affiliated parties.

Commitments - The Company has  commitments for the completion of construction at
various properties and the purchase of various properties totaling approximately
$51,026,000 at May 27, 1999.

License Rights - The Company owns the license rights in certain areas to operate
its restaurants and to sell products using the KFC trademark.  In addition,  the
Company has license rights to operate a hotel using the Hilton trademark.  Under
the terms of the licenses, the Company is obligated to pay fees based on defined
gross sales.  The KFC license also requires the Company to pay an additional fee
for each new location established.

Contingencies  - The Company  guarantees  the debt of joint  ventures  and other
entities  totaling  approximately  $23,529,000  at May 27, 1999. The debt of the
joint ventures is collateralized by the real estate, buildings and improvements,
and all equipment of each joint venture.

10. JOINT VENTURE TRANSACTIONS

At May 27, 1999 and May 28, 1998, the Company held investments of $2,045,000 and
$1,496,000,  respectively,  in various approximately 50%-owned affiliates (joint
ventures) which are accounted for under the equity method.

The Company has receivables from the joint ventures of $1,739,000 and $1,288,000
at May 27, 1999 and May 28, 1998,  respectively.  The Company earns  interest on
$907,000 and $405,000 of the  receivables at  approximately  prime to prime plus
1.5% at May 27, 1999 and May 28, 1998, respectively.

Included in notes payable at May 27, 1999 and May 28, 1998,  is  $1,276,000  and
$2,044,000, respectively, due to joint ventures in connection with cash advanced
to the Company.  The Company  pays  interest on the cash  advances  based on the
90-day certificate of deposit rates.

31

<PAGE>

11. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

Effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 1999, the Company adopted SFAS No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS
No. 131 establishes standards for disclosures about operating segments in annual
and interim financial  statements,  products and services,  geographic areas and
major  customers.  The adoption of Statement  No. 131 did not affect  results of
operations,  the  financial  position of the Company or the  Company's  reported
segments.

The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on the operating
income  (loss)  of each  segment.  The  accounting  policies  of the  reportable
segments  are  the  same  as  those  described  in the  summary  of  significant
accounting policies.

Following is a summary of business segment information for 1997 through 1999:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Limited-Service                  Hotels/                    Corporate
                                       Lodging        Theatres      Resorts     Restaurants      Items       Total
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            (in thousands)

<S>                                   <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>
1999
Revenues                              $141,577       $111,249      $ 81,169       $28,470       $   462     $362,927
Operating income (loss)                 25,509         20,395         8,103         3,385        (5,556)      51,836
Depreciation and amortization           18,922          9,505         7,369         1,878           584       38,258
Assets                                 290,878        203,737       107,367        21,523        52,611      676,116
Capital expenditures, including
business acquisitions                   29,730         64,525        14,060         1,336         2,192      111,843
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998
Revenues                              $144,713       $ 91,825      $ 70,305       $27,596       $   400     $334,839
Operating income (loss)                 31,479(1)      19,676         7,874         3,558        (4,968)      57,619(1)
Depreciation and amortization           17,910          6,069         6,649         1,969           307       32,904
Assets                                 292,571        149,491       102,923        23,279        40,240      608,504
Capital expenditures, including
business acquisitions                   25,241         59,440        24,903           569         5,727      115,880
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997
Revenues                              $134,667       $ 80,586      $ 60,210       $26,828       $   482     $302,773
Operating income (loss)                 39,787         16,865         5,464         2,681        (4,066)      60,731
Depreciation and amortization           15,389          5,071         6,174         2,001           268       28,903
Assets                                 287,027         98,554        79,829        24,979        31,568      521,957
Capital expenditures, including
business acquisitions                   55,916         37,364        13,445           384           405      107,514
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Includes a $3.9 million charge related to the Baymont name change.
</TABLE>

Corporate  items  include  amounts  not  allocable  to  the  business  segments.
Corporate revenues consist  principally of rent and the corporate operating loss
includes general corporate expenses. Corporate assets primarily include cash and
cash  equivalents,  notes  receivable,  receivables from joint ventures and land
held for development.

The Company has a loan outstanding of approximately  $2,749,000 at May 27, 1999,
to one of the hotels it manages,  which bears interest at the prime rate plus 1%
and matures December 31, 2008.


<PAGE>

AUDITORS' REPORT AND MANAGEMENT
STATEMENT

REPORT of INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of The Marcus Corporation

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of The Marcus
Corporation  (the Company) as of May 27, 1999 and May 28, 1998,  and the related
consolidated  statements  of earnings,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for
each of the three  years in the  period  ended  May 27,  1999.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at May
27, 1999 and May 28, 1998,  and the  consolidated  results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 27, 1999,  in
conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

                                                        /s/ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
July 16, 1999

STATEMENT of MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY for FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The management of The Marcus Corporation and its subsidiaries is responsible for
the  preparation  of the financial and operating  information  contained in this
annual report,  including the consolidated financial statements audited by Ernst
& Young LLP, independent auditors.  These statements were prepared in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts that are based
on the best estimates and judgments of management.

A system of internal  financial  controls  provides  management  with reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded and executed as authorized, that assets
are properly  safeguarded  and accounted for, and that records are maintained to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. The Company also has policies and guidelines that require
employees to maintain a high level of ethical standards.

The Audit  Committee of the Board of  Directors is composed  entirely of outside
directors and has unrestricted access to representatives of Ernst & Young LLP.

/s/ Stephen H. Marcus                      /s/ Douglas A. Neis
Stephen H. Marcus                          Douglas A. Neis
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer       Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

33

<PAGE>

ELEVEN-YEAR
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          1999    1998(2)      1997     1996(3)    1995    1994(4)     1993      1992       1991     1990      1989
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING RESULTS
(in thousands)
<S>                   <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>
Revenues              $362,927   334,839    302,773   262,287   277,990   242,614   212,910   204,297    188,008  176,592   166,710
Net earnings          $ 23,144    28,444     30,881    42,307    24,136    22,829    16,482    13,289     11,618   10,781    10,042
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMMON STOCK DATA(1)

Net earnings per
  share               $    .77       .94       1.04      1.42       .82       .77       .63       .52        .45      .42       .39
Cash dividends per
  share               $    .22       .22        .20       .23       .15       .13       .11       .10        .09      .08       .07
Weighted average
  shares outstanding
  (in thousands)        30,105    30,293     29,745    29,712    29,537    29,492    26,208    25,325     25,569   25,839    25,959
Book value per share  $  10.48     10.00       9.37      8.51      7.29      6.61      5.95      4.97       4.54     4.17      3.83
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCIAL POSITION
(in thousands)

Total assets          $676,116   608,504    521,957   455,315   407,082   361,606   309,455   274,394    255,117  230,789   197,898
Long-term debt        $264,270   205,632    168,065   127,135   116,364   107,681    78,995   100,032     96,183   85,563    64,163
Shareholders' equity  $313,574   302,531    277,293   251,248   214,464   193,918   173,980   124,874    114,697  106,983    98,250
Capital expenditures,
  including business
  acquisitions        $111,843   115,880    107,514    83,689    77,083    75,825    47,237    27,238     39,861   42,385    34,253
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCIAL RATIOS
Current ratio              .45       .43        .39       .62       .41       .67       .90       .73        .65      .91       .75
Debt/capitalization
  ratio                    .47       .42        .39       .35       .37       .37       .34       .46        .47      .45       .41
Return on revenues         6.4%      8.5%      10.2%     16.1%      8.7%      9.4%      7.7%      6.5%       6.2%     6.1%      6.0%
Return on average
  shareholders' equity     7.5%      9.8%      11.7%     18.2%     11.8%     12.4%     11.0%     11.1%      10.5%    10.5%     10.6%
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  All per share and shares outstanding data is on a diluted basis and has been adjusted to reflect stock splits in 1998, 1996 and
     1993.
(2)  Includes charge of $2.34 million or $0.08 per share for costs associated with the Baymont name change.
(3)  Includes gain of $14.8 million or $0.49 per share on sale of certain restaurant locations.
(4)  Includes gain of $1.8 million or $0.06 per share for cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes.
(5)  Includes annual dividend of $0.18 per share and one quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

QUARTERLY INFORMATION AND
STOCK PRICES
<TABLE>

SUPPLEMENTARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
(in thousands except per share data)
<CAPTION>

                      13 Weeks Ended      13 Weeks Ended       13 Weeks Ended      13 Weeks Ended
FISCAL 1999          August 27, 1998   November 26, 1998    February 25, 1999        May 27, 1999
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>                  <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Revenues                    $107,360             $87,994              $82,269             $85,304
Operating income              26,098              12,711                5,280               7,747
Net earnings                  14,191               5,889                  513               2,551
Net earnings per share           .47                 .20                  .02                 .09
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>

FISCAL 1998           12 Weeks Ended      12 Weeks Ended       12 Weeks Ended      16 Weeks Ended
(as reported)        August 21, 1997   November 13, 1997     February 5, 1998        May 28, 1998
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                  <C>                <C>
Revenues                     $90,053             $71,184              $71,220            $102,382
Operating income              24,205              13,674                8,092              11,648
Net earnings                  13,065               6,917                3,035               5,427
Net earnings per share*          .44                 .23                  .10                 .18
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>

FISCAL 1998           13 Weeks Ended      13 Weeks Ended       13 Weeks Ended      13 Weeks Ended
(pro forma)(1)       August 28, 1997   November 27, 1997    February 26, 1998        May 28, 1998
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                          <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>
Revenues                     $96,111             $76,051              $79,625             $83,052
Operating income              25,444              13,523               10,472               8,180
Net earnings                  13,669               6,707                4,284               3,784
Net earnings per share*          .46                 .22                  .14                 .12
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Pro forma information is presented as if the prior year had been reported on
    the new 13-week basis.
<CAPTION>

LAST SALE PRICE RANGE of COMMON STOCK

                               First              Second                Third              Fourth
FISCAL 1999                  Quarter             Quarter              Quarter             Quarter
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                 <C>                  <C>                 <C>
High                          $18.19              $16.56               $16.25              $14.19
Low                            14.00               12.50                12.50               10.94
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FISCAL 1998*
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High                          $17.29              $20.67               $20.38              $18.13
Low                            16.00               16.54                16.38               16.06
=================================================================================================

*   Adjusted for the 50% stock dividend  distributed December 5, 1997.

On August 13, 1999, there were 2,333 shareholders of record for the Common Stock
and 49 shareholders of record for the Class B Common Stock.
</TABLE>

35

<PAGE>

Corporate Information

Annual Meeting

Shareholders are invited to attend The Marcus  Corporation's 1999 Annual Meeting
at 10:00 a.m. on Monday,  October 4, 1999, at the Marcus Westown  Cinemas,  2440
East Moreland Boulevard, Waukesha, Wisconsin.

Investor Information

Marcus Corporation news releases and other investor information are available on
the  Internet  at:   www.businesswire.com/cnn/mcs.shtml  or  by  contacting  the
corporate secretary at the company's address.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

The  Marcus   Corporation  has  a  dividend   reinvestment  plan  through  which
shareholders  of record may invest their cash  dividends  and make  supplemental
cash  investments  in additional  shares.  There are no  commissions  or service
charges to purchase shares. For additional information, write or call:

Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.
P.O. Box 2077 o Milwaukee, WI 53201-2077
(414) 287-3737 o (800) 637-7549

Members of the National  Association  of Investors  Corporation  (NAIC) may also
participate in The Marcus Corporation's  Dividend  Reinvestment Plan through the
NAIC Low Cost Investment Plan.

Stock Listing and Symbol
The Marcus  Corporation  common  stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange
under the symbol MCS.

Form 10-K Report
A copy of the company's  fiscal 1999 Form 10-K annual report (without  exhibits)
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission is available to shareholders,
without charge, by contacting the corporate secretary at the company's address.

Transfer Agent
Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A.
P.O. Box 2077 o Milwaukee, WI 53201-2077
(414) 287-3737 o (800) 637-7549

Legal Counsel
Foley & Lardner o Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Independent Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP o Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Corporate Headquarters
The Marcus Corporation
250 East Wisconsin Avenue Suite 1700
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202- 4220
(414) 905-1000

37




                                                                      Exhibit 21

                           Subsidiaries of the Company
                               as of May 27, 1999


     The Company owns all of the stock of the following corporations:

Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
Marcus Theatres Corporation                     Wisconsin
Marcus Restaurants, Inc.                        Wisconsin
B & G Realty, Inc.                              Wisconsin
First American Finance Corporation              Wisconsin
Marc Plaza Corporation                          Wisconsin
Pfister Corporation                             Wisconsin
Marcus Geneva, Inc.                             Wisconsin
Marcus Hotels, Inc.                             Wisconsin
Baymont Inns, Inc.                              Wisconsin
Woodfield Suites, Inc.                          Wisconsin


     Woodfield Suites, Inc. owns all of the stock of the following corporations:

Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
Woodfield Suites Hospitality Corporation        Wisconsin
Woodfield Suites Franchises International Inc.  Wisconsin


     Woodfield  Suites  Hospitality  Corporation  owns  all of the  stock of the
following corporation:

Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
Woodfield Refreshments, Inc.                    Wisconsin


     Marcus  Theatres  Corporation  owns  all of  the  stock  of  the  following
corporations:

Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
Marcus Cinemas, Inc.                            Wisconsin
Southtown Corporation                           Wisconsin
Tower 41-Corporation                            Wisconsin
Vending Corporation                             Wisconsin
41-Bowl, Inc.                                   Wisconsin
Marcus Cinemas of Minnesota, Inc.               Wisconsin


                                       1
<PAGE>

     Baymont Inns, Inc. owns all of the stock of the following corporations:

Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
Baymont Partners, Inc.                          Wisconsin
Baymont Inns Hospitality Corporation            Wisconsin
Baymont Franchises International, Inc.          Wisconsin
Woodfield Refreshments of Colorado, Inc.        Colorado
Woodfield Refreshments of Ohio, Inc.            Ohio


     Marcus   Restaurants,   Inc.  owns  all  of  the  stock  of  the  following
corporations, except it owns 50% of 642, Inc.:

Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
Marc's Carryout Corporation                     Wisconsin
Captains-Kenosha, Inc.                          Wisconsin
Colony Inns Restaurant Corporation              Wisconsin
642, Inc.                                       Wisconsin
Cafe Refreshments, Inc.                         Wisconsin


          Marcus  Restaurants,  Inc. has an option to purchase the remaining 50%
of the stock of 642, Inc. for $5.

          Colony  Inns  Restaurant  Corporation  owns 80% of the stock of Colony
Inns Refreshments,  Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and has an option to purchase
the remaining 20% for $5.


          Marcus   Hotels,   Inc.  owns  all  of  the  stock  of  the  following
corporations:
Name                                            State of Incorporation
- - ----                                            ----------------------
HPG Laundry Systems, Inc.                       Wisconsin
Marcus Northstar, Inc.                          Minnesota
Marcus Hotels of California, Inc.               California
Marcus Hotel Partners, Inc.                     Wisconsin
Marcus Hotels Associates, Inc.                  Wisconsin


                                       2




                                                                 Exhibit 23


               Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in Registration  Statements (Forms
S-8 No. 33-18801 and No. 33-55695) of The Marcus Corporation of our report dated
July 16, 1999,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  of The
Marcus  Corporation  incorporated  by reference in the Annual Report (Form 10-K)
for the year ended May 27, 1999.


                                             ERNST & YOUNG LLP



Milwaukee, Wisconsin
August 23, 1999


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM
THE MARCUS CORPORATION'S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              MAY-27-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 MAY-29-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   MAY-27-1999
<CASH>                                         3,499
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  12,798
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               26,738
<PP&E>                                         818,729
<DEPRECIATION>                                 207,516
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 676,116
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          59,386
<BONDS>                                        264,270
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       31,190
<OTHER-SE>                                     282,384
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   676,116
<SALES>                                        332,708
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               362,927
<CGS>                                          173,702
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  311,091
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             16,848
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                38,867
<INCOME-TAX>                                   15,723
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            23,144
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   23,144
<EPS-BASIC>                                  0.77
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0.77


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission